UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
or
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
 OF 1934
For the transition period from _______ to _______
Commission File Number 1-134
CURTISS-WRIGHT CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

     Delaware	 	     13-0612970	
     (State or other jurisdiction of	 	     (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
     incorporation or organization)	 	 	
 	
     4 Becker Farm Road, Roseland, NJ	 	     07068	
     (Address of principal executive offices)	 	     (Zip Code)	

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (973) 597-4700
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 	 	     Name of each exchange	
     Title of each class	 	     on which registered	
     Common stock, par value $1 per share	 	     New York Stock Exchange	

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      Yes [X]      No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.      Yes [ ]      No [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.      Yes [X]      No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer [X]                     Accelerated filer [ ]                          Non-accelerated filer [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).      [ ] Yes      [X] No
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2006, was approximately $1.4 billion.

The number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's classes of Common stock as of January 31, 2007:

Class	 	Number of shares	
Common stock, par value $1 per share	 	44,184,737	

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement of the Registrant with respect to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 4, 2007 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
Page 2

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

 	PART I	 	Page	
Item 1.	Business	 	4	          	
Item 1A.           	Risk Factors	 	           17	 	
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	 	20	 	
Item 2.	Properties	 	21	 	
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	 	22	 	
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	 	22	 	
 	
 	PART II	 	 	 	
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer	 	 	 	
 	        Purchases of Securities	 	23	 	
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	 	24	 	
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	 	25	 	
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	 	45	 	
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	 	46	 	
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	 	87	 	
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	 	87	 	
Item 9B.	Other Information	 	87	 	
 	
 	PART III	 	 	 	
Item 10.	Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	 	88	 	
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	 	88	 	
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related	 	 	 	
 	        Stockholder Matters	 	88	 	
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	 	88	 	
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	 	88	 	
 	
 	PART IV	 	 	 	
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule	 	88	 	
 	Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	 	92	 	
 	Signatures	 	93	 	

Page 3

PART I
Item 1. Business.
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION 
 Except for historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K may be deemed to contain "forward-looking" information. Examples of forward-looking information include but are not limited to: (a) projections of or statements regarding return on investment, future earnings, interest income, other income, earnings or loss per share, growth prospects, capital structure, and other financial terms, (b) statements of plans and objectives of management, (c) statements of future economic performance, and (d) statements of assumptions, such as economic conditions underlying other statements. Such forward-looking information may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "believes," "expects," "may," "should," "anticipates," the negative of any of the foregoing or variations of such terms or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy. No assurance may be given that the future results described by the forward-looking information will be achieved. Such statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, which could cause actual results to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking information. Such statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, without limitation, those contained in Item 1. Business, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data including, without limitation, the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements, and Item 11. Executive Compensation. Important factors that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those in these forward-looking statements include, among other items:
·	the Corporation's successful execution of internal performance plans;
·	performance issues with key suppliers, subcontractors, and business partners;
·	the ability to negotiate financing arrangements with lenders;
·	legal proceedings;
·	changes in the need for additional machinery and equipment and/or in the cost for the expansion of the Corporation's operations;
·	ability of outside third parties to comply with their commitments;
·	product demand and market acceptance risks;
·	the effect of economic conditions;
·	the impact of competitive products and pricing;
·	product development, commercialization, and technological difficulties;
·	social and economic conditions and local regulations in the countries in which the Corporation conducts its businesses;
·	unanticipated environmental remediation expenses or claims;
·	capacity and supply constraints or difficulties;
·	an inability to perform customer contracts at anticipated cost levels;
·	changing priorities or reductions in the U.S. Government defense budget;
·	contract continuation and future contract awards;
·	U.S. and international military budget constraints and determinations;
·	the factors discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in Item 1A below;
·	and other factors that generally affect the business of companies operating in the Corporation's markets and/or industries.
The Corporation assumes no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results or changes in or additions to the factors affecting such forward-looking statements.
Page 4

BUSINESS DESCRIPTION
The Corporation manages and evaluates its operations based on the products and services it offers and the different markets it serves. Based on this approach, the Corporation has three reportable segments: Flow Control, Motion Control, and Metal Treatment. The Flow Control segment primarily designs, manufactures, distributes, and services a broad range of highly engineered flow-control products used in severe service defense and commercial markets including power generation, oil and gas, and general industrial. The Motion Control segment primarily designs, develops, and manufactures high-performance mechanical systems, drive systems, embedded computing solutions, and electronic controls and sensors for the defense, aerospace, and general industrial markets. Metal Treatment provides a variety of metallurgical services, principally shot peening, laser peening, heat treating, and specialty coatings, for various markets, including military and commercial aerospace, automotive, construction equipment, oil and gas, power generation, and general industrial.
Flow Control
Curtiss-Wright Flow Control specializes in the design and manufacture of highly engineered valves, pumps, motors, generators, electronics, and related products for the commercial nuclear power industry, oil and gas processing facilities, and a range of critical national defense programs. Flow control products are mainly used by the U.S. Navy, nuclear power plants, the oil and gas industry, and other commercial applications. While our markets are defined by advanced technology and significant engineering expertise, competition, especially in the U.S. governments’ market, is increasingly impacted by price concerns and geopolitical events, such as the war on terrorism. The ability to provide quality products with excellent performance coupled with our response to downward pricing pressure have become integral to meeting customer demand. Government sales, primarily to the U.S. Navy as a subcontractor, comprised 43%, 48%, and 50% of segment sales in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
The Flow Control segment is made up of 19 companies that are organized and managed through four operating divisions: Valve Systems, Commercial Power and Services, Electromechanical Systems, and Controls Systems.
The Valve Systems division produces high performance, specialized valve solutions for the defense, power generation, oil and gas processing, and industrial markets as well as providing engineering, testing, repair, and consulting services throughout the world. The Valve Systems division offers a diverse line of products and services that control the flow of liquids and gases and provide safety relief in high-pressure, severe-service applications. Because of the critical nature of these applications, our products are highly engineered to meet stringent performance and reliability requirements. These products and services include customized critical valve components for the defense industry, a unique and revolutionary coker unheading device, boltless slide valves, fluidic catalytic cracking unit (FCCU) devices, and web-enabled software for the management of pressure relief systems. Revenues derived from the sales of valves during 2006, 2005, and 2004 represented 18%, 16%, and 14%, respectively, of the Corporation’s consolidated revenue. This division operates facilities in the U.S., Canada, and the U.K. To enhance our global competitiveness, we have made a small investment in Korea and Russia and plan to establish a manufacturing facility in China in the near future.
This division’s sales to the U.S. Government, primarily the U.S. Navy, include valves that are installed on every nuclear submarine and aircraft carrier commissioned by the U.S. Navy. It also currently supplies all the relief valves utilized by the Navy’s nuclear propulsion systems. Key programs include the Virginia class submarine and CVN aircraft carriers. Other programs include various Navy submarine classes, such as Los Angeles and Trident, as well as the Nimitz aircraft carriers. Additional growth in this sector has been generated through development programs for aircraft launch and arrest systems and non-nuclear control valves for aircraft carriers and ball valves for submarines. Valve Systems continues to leverage its long-standing relationship and proven engineering expertise with the U.S. Navy to identify new opportunities for additional products on all of its platforms.
Page 5

The Valve Systems division also provides products for the commercial markets, mainly nuclear power. The Valve Systems Group provides its valves to owners and operators of commercial power utilities who use them in new and existing nuclear and fossil fuel power plants. Recently, the product line has been enhanced to include instrumentation accessories for air operated valves. The division expects a resurgence of demand for commercial nuclear power both in the U.S. and abroad and is positioning itself to participate in the new construction for both domestic and international nuclear power plants. In recent years, all newly built nuclear power plants have been outside the U.S., and segment sales for such plants have been mainly to South Korea and Taiwan. As the nuclear market picks up momentum, we expect increased competition in the market. However, we believe our long standing reputation, strong customer relationships, and proven technologies should provide us with good opportunities.
Within the petroleum, petrochemical, chemical, and oil and gas processing markets, the Valve Systems division designs, engineers, and manufactures spring-loaded and pilot operated pressure-relief valves as well as metal-seated industrial gate, butterfly, boltless slide, plug, angle, diverter, and ball valves used in standard and advanced applications including high-cycle, high-pressure, extreme temperature, and corrosive plant environments. Included in this portfolio of products is the recent commercialization of the DeltaGuard™ coke-drum unheading device, which represents a significant advancement in coke-drum unheading technology. This patented technology is remotely operated, therefore inherently safe, easy to operate, reliable, cost effective, and can be configured for any coke-drum application. There are patents for The DeltaGuard coke-drum which are significant to the sales of this product as they require new entrants to develop new technological approaches in order to enter the market. The division also provides inspection, installation, repair and maintenance, and other field services for harsh environment flow control systems.
Enhancing our oil and gas market position, this division recently purchased Enpro Systems in April 2006 and subsequently integrated it with an existing business, Tapco International, creating TapcoEnpro International. The acquisition expanded our product portfolio to include engineered pressure vessels, FCCUs, ethylene cracking processing equipment, and related field services. TapcoEnpro International offers custom-designed valves and complementary components that operate in industrial process applications including fluid, residual, and millisecond catalytic cracking units as well as power generation, steel manufacture, and ore reduction. TapcoEnpro International also manufactures, repairs, and modifies orifice chambers, hydrotreaters, and American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) code pressure vessels. In addition, TapcoEnpro International can provide a wide array of field services, including equipment repair, modification or replacement, inspection of valves, controls, pipes and refractory linings, maintenance planning and scheduling for valves or control systems, diagnostic assistance with troubleshooting problems in critical components, and on-site system training.
General industry products within the Valve Systems division include hydraulic power units and components primarily for the automotive and entertainment industries, specialty hydraulic and pneumatic valves, air-driven pumps, gas boosters, and directional control valves used in various industrial applications, including truck transmission and car transport carriers.
The Commercial Power and Services division designs, manufactures, distributes, and qualifies flow control products for nuclear power plants, hydroelectric energy producers, the Department of Energy (DOE), and the Department of Defense. This division offers a wide range of fasteners, fastening systems, specialized containment doors, airlock hatches, electrical units, bolting solutions, machined products, consulting, and enterprise resource planning for the nuclear power. In addition, this division provides distribution and servicing of original equipment manufacturers (OEM) spare parts and valve components, training, on-site services, staff augmentation, and engineering programs relating to nuclear power plants, as well as diamond wire cutting services used to create large, thick cuts from concrete structures.
During the last decade, numerous competitors have exited this market due the stringent qualification requirements. Our operations have maintained all of the regulatory certifications required to provide and /or qualify value-added representations and certification of nuclear-grade products and are well positioned to benefit from a commercial nuclear power renaissance both domestically and internationally. The key will be to remain competitive and continue to offer excellent performance and quality products. This division has locations in Brea, California, Middleburgh, Ohio and Cincinnati, Ohio.
Page 6

The Electro-Mechanical Systems division produces advanced electro-mechanical solutions for the U.S. Navy, commercial nuclear power, and the oil and gas processing markets. The division designs and manufactures advanced pumps, motors, generators, propulsors, mechanicals seals, control rod drive mechanisms, and power conditioning electronics. This division develops, designs, manufactures, and performs qualification testing of critical-function, electro-dynamic solutions for their main customer, the U.S. Nuclear Navy, including reactor and main coolant pumps, other critical-function pumps, various advanced motors, generators, secondary propulsion systems, and design engineering services. Specific applications include the Los Angeles, Virginia, Trident, Ohio, and Seawolf class submarines, and the CVN aircraft carrier.
In addition, the segment provides ship service generators and secondary propulsion systems to the non-nuclear U.S. Navy, including the Destroyer program. The division is strengthening its relationship with the Navy by participating in the design and development of major subsystems for the Navy’s Electro-Mechanical Aircraft Launch System (EMALS) as well as the Advanced Arresting Gear (AAG) for installation in its aircraft carrier fleet. This division expanded its offerings to the military to now include advanced electromagnetic product development to the U.S. Army as pulsed power supply continues to advance in the military weapons segment.
The Electro-Mechanical Systems’ products are also sold to complementary commercial markets, primarily nuclear power generation and oil and gas. We provide reactor coolant pumps, advanced motors, control rod drive mechanisms to the nuclear power markets. In the oil and gas market, we are partnering with industry leaders to develop advanced systems for exploration and production. Current programs encompass subsea pumping and power-dense motors for compact, integrated compression systems. This division has also expanded its offerings to include hazardous waste pumps to the DOE.
The commercial nuclear power markets and the oil and gas processing industries are experiencing pricing increases of materials due to increase in the demand. The increase in the pricing of the materials as well as pricing concerns and the effect of the war remain key competitive factors. As a renaissance is expected both domestically and in the increasing market overseas, the key will be to remain competitive and continue to offer excellent performance and quality products. This division has locations in Cheswick, Pennsylvania, and Phillipsburg, New Jersey.
The Controls Systems division develops, manufactures, tests, and services specialized electronic instrumentation and control equipment, which includes instrumentation for primary and secondary controls, steam generator control equipment, valve actuators, and valve and heater controls. This division provides custom designed and commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) electronic circuit boards and systems to the U.S. Nuclear Navy. Sales to the U.S. Navy are made by responding directly to requests for proposals from customers. The division also designs and manufactures advanced valve controllers and predictive maintenance systems for the oil and gas and industrial markets.
The Controls Systems division’s products also include plant instrumentation, primary and secondary controls, steam generator control equipment, valve actuators, valve and heater controls, calorimetric instrumentation, generic digital signal processor cards, digital and numeric readout meters, response time test instrumentation, reactor plant control equipment, and COTS power supply units. The division also provides engineering and support services which include embedded system design, shipboard automation and valve networking, microprocessor, Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), and analog design, system integration, software design and qualification, and factory acceptance testing. The division encounters strong competition in the Navy nuclear market from a limited number of competitors. This division is located in East Farmingdale, New York.
This division acquired Techswan, Inc., which conducted business as Swantech, in September 2006 to enhance its portfolio of advanced electronics for the oil and gas and general industrial markets. Swantech has patented a unique technology called Stress Wave Analysis (SWAN) that provides vibration and oil/lubrication analysis solutions. SWAN has shown to be an effective, non-invasive method to identify early stage mechanical damage and equipment setup issues, such as imbalance and alignment, far sooner than the existing technologies. SWAN is an order of magnitude more sensitive than the presently installed technologies and provides the only continuous measurement of machine condition. The technology acquired in the purchase will enhance our existing product line.
Page 7

The following list defines our principle products and the markets served by the Flow Control segment.

Naval Defense	
          •	          	Nuclear propulsion system components	
 	 	        Valves (butterfly, globe, gate, control, safety, relief, solenoid, hydraulic operated gate)	
 	 	        Pumps	
 	 	        Motors & generators	
 	 	        Instrumentation and controls	
          •	 	Non-nuclear products	
 	 	        Smart leakless valves	
 	 	        Aircraft shuttle components	
 	 	        Sub-safe ball valves	
 	 	        Jet-fuel pumping valves	
 	 	        Steam generator control equipment	
 	 	        Air driven fluid pumps	
 	 	        Engineering, inspection and testing services	
          •	 	Aircraft carrier launch and retrieval equipment	
 	 	        Advanced electromagnetic systems	
          •	 	Instrumentation and control systems	
Ground Defense	
          •	 	Electromagnetic gun pulsed power supply system	
Oil & Gas Processing	
          •	 	Critical Process Valves	
 	 	        DeltaGuard coker valve	
 	 	        Boltless slide valves	
 	 	        Butterfly and triple offset butterfly valves	
 	 	        Pilot operated relief valves	
 	 	        Pressure relief valves	
 	 	        Safety valves	
 	 	        Solenoid, gate and globe valves	
 	 	        Steam valves	
          •	 	Fluid catalytic cracking devices	
          •	 	Process Vessels	
 	 	        Cat cracker reactors and regenerators	
 	 	        Hydrotreators	
 	 	        Air grids and cyclones	
          •	 	Advanced Valve Controls and Prognostics Technology	
 	 	        Digital valve controller with redundant technology	
 	 	        Signature recognition for fault and leak detection	
          •	 	Web-enabled process control software	
Nuclear Power Generation	
          •	 	Pumps	
 	 	        Reactor coolant and process	
          •	 	Advanced motors and generators	
          •	 	Control rod drive mechanisms	
          •	 	Valves	
 	 	        Solenoid, ball, butterfly, check, pressure relief, safety and pilot operated relief valves, gate & globe	
          •	 	Design, fabrication of nuclear facility airlocks, doors, hatches	
          •	 	Instrumentation	
          •	 	Diagnostic and test equipment	
          •	 	Fluid sealing technologies	
          •	 	Actuators	
 	 	        Pneumatic and hydraulic	
          •	 	Plate heat exchangers	
          •	 	Separation technologies	
          •	 	Fasteners	
          •	 	Advanced bolting technologies	
          •	 	Diamond wire concrete cutting	
          •	 	Engineering services	

Page 8

           •	          	Equipment qualification, commercial grade dedication	
          •	 	Inventory management systems	
General Industrial	
          •	 	Valves	
 	 	        Directional control and pneumatic	
Critical machinery fault detection and prognostics systems	

The Flow Control segment experiences strong competition from a large number of domestic and foreign sources. Competition occurs on the basis of technical expertise, price, delivery, contractual terms, previous installation history, and reputation for quality. Delivery speed and the proximity of service centers are important with respect to aftermarket products. Sales to commercial end users are accomplished by a combination of direct sales employees and manufacturers’ representatives located in the segment’s primary market areas. This representation provides sales coverage of nuclear power utilities, principal boiler and reactor builders, architectural engineers, and hydrocarbon processing industry and chemical processing industry plants worldwide. For its military contracts, the segment receives requests for quotes from prime contractors as a result of being an approved supplier for naval propulsion system pumps and valves. Sales engineers support non-nuclear sales activities. The segment uses the direct distribution basis for military and commercial valves and associated spare parts. In addition, the sales associated with the power plants follow the cycles associated with the power outages that are more prevalent in the spring and fall and bi-annual plant updates.
Backlog for this segment at December 31, 2006, was $434.9 million, of which 22% will be shipped after one year, compared with $429.3 million at December 31, 2005. Additionally, 38% of this segment's backlog as of December 31, 2006 is comprised of orders with the U.S. Navy through its prime contractor, Bechtel Group, Inc. Sales by this segment to Bechtel accounted for 21%, 24%, and 33% of total segment sales in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, or 9%, 10%, and 13% of the Corporation’s consolidated revenue. Additionally, sales to one of the segment’s commercial customers represented approximately 10%, 8%, and 9% of total segment sales in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The loss of these customers would have a material adverse effect on the business of this segment and the Corporation. None of the business of this segment is seasonal. Raw materials are generally available in adequate quantities.
Motion Control
Curtiss-Wright’s Motion Control segment designs, develops, manufactures, and maintains sophisticated, high-performance mechanical actuation and drive systems, mission-critical electronic component and control systems, and sensors for the aerospace, defense, and industrial equipment markets. This segment consists of 14 business units that are organized and managed as three core technology groups: Engineered Systems, Integrated Sensing, and Embedded Computing.
Our Engineered Systems division’s product offerings to the aerospace industry consist of electro-mechanical and hydro-mechanical actuation control components and systems that are designed to position aircraft control surfaces or to operate canopies, cargo doors, weapons bay doors, or other devices used on aircraft. Aircraft applications include actuators and electronic control systems and sensors for the Boeing 737, 747, 757, 767, 777, Airbus A320, A330, A340, and future Boeing 787 civil air transports, the Lockheed Martin F-16 Falcon fighter jet, the Boeing F/A-18 Hornet fighter jet, the F-22 Raptor fighter jet, the Bell Boeing V-22 Osprey, and the Sikorsky Black Hawk and Seahawk helicopters. The Engineered Systems division is also developing flight control actuators for the engineering and manufacturing development phase of Lockheed Martin's F-35 Joint Strike Fighter (JSF) program. The JSF is the next-generation fighter aircraft being designed for use by all three branches of the U.S. military as well as by several foreign governments. The division also provides electric motors, controllers, and smaller electromechanical actuation subsystems for flight, engine, and environmental control applications on various commercial transports, regional aircraft, business aircraft, military aircraft, and spacecraft.
As a related service within the Engineered Systems division, we also provide commercial airlines, the military, and general aviation customers with component overhaul and repair services. These services include the overhaul and repair of hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical, electro-mechanical, and electronic components, aircraft parts sourcing, and component exchange services for a wide array of aircraft.
Page 9

In addition, Engineered Systems designs, manufactures, and distributes electro-mechanical and electro-hydraulic actuation components and systems, electronic controls for military tracked and wheeled vehicles and, high-speed tilting trains, and commercial markets utilizing drive technology. These products consist of turret aiming and stabilization, weapons handling systems, suspension systems for armored military vehicles sold to foreign defense equipment manufacturers, tilting systems for high-speed train applications, fuel control valves for large commercial transport ships, and a variety of commercial servo valves.
Through its marine defense unit, the Engineered Systems division designs and manufactures electro-mechanical systems for landing helicopters aboard naval vessels. The shipboard helicopter handling systems are used by the U.S. Navy, U.S. Coast Guard, and more than ten other navies around the world. The division also designs and builds the elements of the ship’s aircraft storage structures, including telescopic hangars and hangar doors. Specialized handling systems are provided for towing sonar and mine sweep systems for submarines and surface ships.
Engineered Systems products are sold primarily through both a domestic and international sales force. In addition, we have a marketing distribution facility in Singapore. A direct sales force is utilized with assistance from commissioned agents. Sales to Japan are made through Mitsubishi Trading Corporation, and certain sales to the U.S. Navy are made through the Canadian Commercial Corporation. All other sales are made directly to OEM’s, airlines, and government agencies as well as to aircraft and ship builders around the world.
Our Engineered Systems products are sold in competition with a number of other suppliers, some of whom have broader product lines and greater financial, technical, and human resources. The competitive environment for these products is focused on a short list of companies, with recent strategic trends at the prime contractor level resulting in a smaller market of vertically integrated suppliers, while prime contractors specialize in integration and final assembly. Price, technical capability, performance, service, and “overall value” are the primary forces of competition with an ability to offer solutions to perform control and actuation functions on a limited number of new production programs. Our overhaul and repair services are sold in competition with a number of other overhaul and repair providers with a focus on quality, delivery, and price. The division provides these services from facilities in Gastonia and Shelby, North Carolina, Miami, Florida, and Stratford, Ontario.
Our Integrated Sensing division develops and manufactures a range of sensors, controllers, and electronic control units for military and commercial aerospace and industrial markets. These products include position, pressure, and temperature sensors, solenoids and solenoid valves, smoke detection sensors, torque sensing, ice detection and protection equipment, air data computers, flight data recorders, joysticks, and electronic signal conditioning and control equipment. We sell this division’s products primarily to prime contractors and system integrators, both directly and through a network of independent sales representatives on a worldwide basis. Position sensors are used on primary flight control systems and engine controls on Airbus and Boeing aircraft, regional and business aircraft, and on many U.S. and European military aircraft. Air data, flight recorder, and ice protection equipment are supplied to many helicopter applications. We also sell our products for use in a wide range of industrial applications such as off-highway vehicles, powered wheelchairs, process control, and motorsport.
Competition within the Integrated Sensing division, especially in the aerospace market, is increasingly being driven by price concerns. The ability to service the customer with superior performance and quality is expected of all vendors, but downward pricing pressure is emerging as a key discriminator. Integrated Sensing products are marketed through facilities in the United Kingdom, Germany, and the United States.
Our Embedded Computing division designs, develops, and manufactures embedded computing board-level modules and integrated subsystems primarily for the aerospace and ground defense markets. Using standard, commercially available electronics technologies, coupled with application domain specific knowledge, this division offers hardware and software modules based on open industry standards, referred to as COTS. Our integrated subsystems include both in-house and third party modules as well as custom modules based on in-house intellectual property content. We also offer a supporting array of services that include: life-cycle management, technical support, training, and development of custom module variants based on COTS modules. Our Embedded Computing division is considered one of the embedded computing industry’s most comprehensive and experienced single source for processing, data communications, digital signal processing, and video and graphics computing solutions. Our COTS modules and integrated subsystems are designed to perform reliably in rugged conditions, such as extreme temperatures, terrain and/or speed which result in high shock and vibration, as well as commercial environments for use in laboratory and benign environment applications.
Page 10

Embedded Computing’s subsystem products are used in a wide variety of mission-critical military applications, including fire control, aiming and stabilization, munitions loading, and environmental processors for military ground vehicles. These products are used on demanding combat platforms such as the Bradley fighting vehicle, the Abrams M1A2/A3 tank, and the Brigade Combat Team Interim Armored Vehicle, which is part of the U.S. Army’s modernization and transformation efforts. This division also provides the mission management, flight control computers, and the sensor management units for advanced aerospace platforms including the U.S. Air Force Global Hawk, which is a high-altitude and high-endurance unmanned aerial vehicle.
Embedded Computing’s modules are used in hundreds of active programs today, including leading-edge military platforms such as the Improved Bradley Acquisition System and the Improved Tow Acquisition System. The modules feature high performance chips on open architectures. The division has taken a leadership position in the drafting and definition of the newest embedded standards, which are designed to address the more demanding performance and bandwidth requirements of emerging applications. Embedded Computing is the first embedded computing vendor to announce forthcoming boards and systems based on these new architectures. Embedded Computing is also committed to supply technology for some of the most advanced future military platforms including the F-22, JSF, and Future Combat System.
This division’s products are manufactured at its operations located in North America and the United Kingdom. Our products are sold primarily to prime contractors and subsystem suppliers located primarily in the United States, United Kingdom, and Canada, both directly and through a network of independent sales representatives. In recent years, competition in the embedded electronic systems market has migrated away from traditional board competitors toward subsystem and system providers selling to prime and second-tier defense and aerospace companies. Competition in this market is based on quality of technology, price, and delivery times.
The following list defines our principle products and the markets served by the Motion Control segment.

Commercial Aerospace	
          •	          	Commercial Jet Transports	
 	 	        Secondary flight control actuation systems and electromechanical trim actuators	
 	 	        Aircraft cargo door and utility actuation systems	
 	 	        Fire detection and suppression control systems	
 	 	        Position sensors	
 	 	        Solenoids and solenoid valves	
          •	 	Business/Regional Jets	
 	 	        Throttle quadrants	
          •	 	Helicopters	
 	 	        Rotor Ice Protection Systems	
          •	 	Repair & Overhaul Services	
 	 	        Component overhaul and logistics support services	
Military Aerospace	
          •	 	Transport and fighter aircraft	
 	 	        Weapons bay door actuation systems	
 	 	        Secondary flight control actuation	
 	 	        Rotary actuation for environmental control systems	
 	 	        Weapons handling systems	
          •	 	Helicopters	
 	 	        Radar warning systems	
 	 	        Acoustic processing systems	
 	 	        Flight data recorders	
 	 	        Air data computers	
          •	 	Unmanned aerial vehicles	
 	 	        Integrated mission management and flight control computers	
 	 	        Weapons handling systems	

Page 11

Ground Defense	
          •	          	Tanks and light armored vehicles	
 	 	        Digital electromechanical aiming and stabilization systems	
 	 	        Fire control, sight head, and environmental control processors	
 	 	        Single Board Computers for target acquisition systems	
 	 	        Hydropneumatic suspension systems	
 	 	        Ammunition handling systems	
Marine Defense	
          •	 	Surface ships	
 	 	        Helicopter handling and traverse systems	
 	 	        Tie-down components	
          •	 	Marine Propulsion	
 	 	        Marine engine diesel valve injection systems	
          •	 	Submarines	
 	 	        Cable handling systems for towed arrays	
Other Military & Government	
          •	 	High performance data communication products	
 	 	        Power conversion products	
          •	 	Space programs	
 	 	        Control electronics and sensors	
          •	 	Security systems	
 	 	        Perimeter intrusion detection equipment	
          •	 	FAA	
 	 	        Airport surface detection equipment radar video processing	
General Industrial Markets	
          •	 	Automated industrial equipment	
 	 	        Air, sea, and ground simulation	
 	 	        Fractional horse power (HP) specialty motors	
 	 	        Force transducers	
 	 	        Joysticks	
 	 	        Sensors	
          •	 	High speed trains	
 	 	        Electromechanical tilting systems for high-speed trains	

Sales by Motion Control to its largest customer in 2006, 2005, and 2004 accounted for 10% of Motion Control revenue and 4% of our consolidated revenue for each year. The loss of this customer would have a material adverse effect on Motion Control. Direct and end use sales of this segment to government agencies, primarily the U.S. Government, in 2006, 2005, and 2004, accounted for 63%, 64%, and 62%, respectively, of total Motion Control sales. Although the loss of this business would also have a material adverse affect on Motion Control, no single prime contractor to the U.S. Government to which we are a subcontractor provided greater than 10% of Motion Control revenue during any of the last three years.
Backlog for our Motion Control segment at December 31, 2006, was $438.6 million, of which 33% is expected to be shipped after one year, compared with $374.5 million at December 31, 2005. None of the businesses of our Motion Control segment is seasonal. Raw materials are generally available in adequate quantities from a number of suppliers. However, we utilize sole source suppliers in this segment. Thus, the failure and/or inability of a sole source supplier to provide product to Motion Control could have an adverse impact on our financial performance. While alternatives could be identified to replace a sole source supplier, a transition could result in increased costs and manufacturing delays.
Metal Treatment
Curtiss-Wright’s Metal Treatment segment provides various metallurgical processes that are used principally to improve the service life, strength, and durability of highly stressed, critical-function metal parts. Metal Treatment provides these services to a broad spectrum of customers in various industries, including aerospace, automotive, construction equipment, oil and gas, and metal working.
Page 12

This segment consists of several business units that are organized into three principal services that the segment offers which include peening, specialty coatings, and heat treating.
Shot peening is a process by which the durability of metal parts is enhanced by the bombardment of the part’s surface with spherical media, such as steel shot or ceramic or glass beads, to compress the outer layer of the metal. In addition, shot peen forming enables metal panels to be shaped with aerodynamic curvatures that are assembled as wing skins of commercial and military aircraft. Revenue of shot peening services in 2006, 2005, and 2004 accounted for 10%, 10%, and 12%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues. Specialty coatings primarily consist of the application of solid film lubricant coatings, which are designed to enhance the performance of metal components used in high-stress applications for a broad range of industries. We apply our coatings by air spray or by a dipping and spinning process for bulk applications. Heat treating is a metallurgical process of subjecting metal objects to heat and/or cold or otherwise treating the material to change the physical and/or chemical characteristics or properties of the material. In addition to shot peening, heat treating, and specialty coatings, other metal treatment services that are provided on a job shop basis include shot peen forming, laser peening, wet finishing, chemical milling, and feed valve manufacturing.
Working in conjunction with Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, Metal Treatment has developed an advanced metal surface treatment process utilizing laser technology. The laser peening process is being used in production to extend the life of critical turbine engine components. Future applications include additional turbine engine components as well as other high value, extreme service components in aircraft structures, oil and gas, medical implant, and marine applications. Laser peening also shows potential to augment the segment’s wing skin forming capabilities, allowing for placement of more extreme aerodynamic curvatures of wing skins of greater thickness. We operate a laser peening facility in the United States and another in the United Kingdom. We currently have seven operational lasers and are in the process of building two additional lasers, with mobile capability. We retain the exclusive worldwide rights to the intellectual property necessary for the use of this laser architecture on laser peening of commercial products. Currently, the patents associated with the laser peening technology are not material to our operations. However, we believe that this technology has significant potential and, thus, these patents may become material to our future operations.
In May, 2006 we acquired, two coating application facilities of Diversified Coatings, Inc. (Allegheny), located in Fremont, Indiana and Ingersoll, Ontario. These additions provided an entry into the Ontario, Canada coatings market and increased the segment’s number of coating facilities to ten. During 2004, we increased Metal Treatment’s coatings capabilities with the acquisitions of selected assets of Evesham and Everlube, located in Evesham, United Kingdom and Peachtree City, Georgia, respectively. These acquisitions provided an entry into the European coatings market and added the capability to manufacture our own bulk coatings.
The following list defines our principle products and the markets served by the Metal Treatment segment.

Commercial, Business/Regional Jets	
           •	          	Shot peen forming	
 	 	Wing skins	
          •	 	Shot peening	
 	 	Aircraft structural components	
 	 	Landing gear components	
 	 	Turbine engine rotating components	
          •	 	Laser peening	
 	 	Turbine engine rotating components	
          •	 	Coatings	
 	 	Fasteners	
 	 	Sliding components	
          •	 	Heat Treating	
 	 	Aluminum structural components	
Automotive	
          •	 	Shot Peening	
 	 	Engine and transmission components	
          •	 	Heat Treating	
 	 	Miscellaneous engine, transmission and structural components	

Page 13

          •	          	Coatings	
 	 	Fasteners	
 	 	Brake and suspension components	
 	 	Sliding components	
General Industrial	
          •	 	Shot Peening	
 	 	Highly stressed metal components susceptible to fatigue	
 	 	Welded components subject to distortion	
 	 	Architectural structures	
          •	 	Heat Treating	
 	 	Miscellaneous aluminum and steel components	
          •	 	Coatings	
 	 	Fasteners	
 	 	Miscellaneous components subject to corrosion and sliding wear	

Through a combination of acquisitions and new plant openings, we continue to increase Metal Treatment’s network of regional facilities. Metal Treatment operations are now conducted from 59 facilities located in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Sweden, Belgium, and Italy, with new facilities in Spain, Sweden, and France scheduled to open in the second half of 2007. Our Metal Treatment services are marketed directly by our employees. Although numerous companies compete in this field and many customers have the resources to perform such services themselves, we believe that our technical knowledge and quality of workmanship provide a competitive advantage. We compete in this segment on the basis of quality, service, and price.
The business of this segment is not seasonal. Raw materials are generally available in adequate quantities from a number of suppliers, and we are not materially dependent upon any single source of supply in this segment. We have no significant working capital requirements outside of normal industry accounts receivable and inventory turnover. Our largest customer in this segment accounted for 9%, 10%, and 8% of Metal Treatment sales during 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Although the active customer base is in excess of 5,000, the loss of this customer would have a material adverse effect on our Metal Treatment segment.
The backlog of Metal Treatment as of December 31, 2006, was $2.1 million, all of which is expected to be recognized in the first quarter of 2007, compared with $1.9 million as of December 31, 2005. Due to the nature of our metal treatment services, we operate with a very limited backlog of orders and services that are provided primarily on newly manufactured parts. Thus, the backlog of this segment is not indicative of our future sales, and as a result, this segment’s sales and profitability are closely aligned with general industrial economic conditions and, in particular, the commercial aerospace market.
OTHER INFORMATION
Certain Financial Information
For information regarding sales by geographic region, see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In 2006, 2005, and 2004, our foreign operations generated 37%, 35%, and 33%, respectively, of our pre-tax earnings. We do not regard the risks associated with these foreign operations to be materially greater than those applicable to our U.S. businesses.
Government Sales
Our direct sales to the U.S. Government and sales for U.S. Government and foreign government end use represented 45%, 48%, and 47% of consolidated revenue during 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. U.S. Government sales, both direct and indirect, are generally made under standard types of government contracts, including fixed price and fixed price-redeterminable.
In accordance with normal practice in the case of U.S. Government business, contracts and orders are subject to partial or complete termination at any time, at the option of the customer. In the event of a termination for convenience by the government, there generally are provisions for recovery by us of our allowable incurred costs and a proportionate share of the profit or fee on the work completed, consistent with regulations of the U.S.
Page 14

Government. Fixed-price redeterminable contracts, generally on naval programs, usually provide that we absorb the majority of any cost overrun. In the event that there is a cost underrun, the customer recoups a portion of the underrun based upon a formula in which the customer's portion increases as the underrun exceeds certain established levels.
Generally, long-term contracts with the U.S. Government require us to invest in and carry significant levels of inventoriable costs. However, where allowable, we utilize progress payments and other interim billing practices on nearly all of these contracts, thus reducing the overall working capital requirements. It is our policy to seek customary progress payments on certain of our contracts. Where we obtain such payments under U.S. Government prime contracts or subcontracts, the U.S. Government has either title to or a secured interest in the materials and work in process allocable or chargeable to the respective contracts. (See Notes 1.F, 3, and 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, contained in Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). In the case of most motion control and flow control products for U.S. Government end use, the contracts typically provide for the retention by the customer of stipulated percentages of the contract price, pending completion of contract closeout conditions.
Patents
We own and are licensed under a number of United States and foreign patents and patent applications, which have been obtained or filed over a period of years. We also license intellectual property to and from third parties. Specifically, the U.S. Government has licenses in our patents that are developed in performance of government contracts, and it may use or authorize others to use the inventions covered by such patents for government purposes. Additionally, unpatented research, development, and engineering skills, some of which have been acquired by us through business acquisitions, make an important contribution to our business. While our intellectual property rights in the aggregate are important to the operation of our business, we do not consider the successful conduct of our business or business segments to be materially dependent upon the protection of any one of the patents, patent applications, or patent license agreements under which we now operate.
Research and Development
We conduct research and development activities under customer-sponsored contracts, shared development contracts, and our own independent research and development activities. Customer-sponsored research and development costs are charged to costs of goods sold when the associated revenue has been recognized, funds received under shared development contracts are a reduction of the total development expenditures under the shared contract and are shown net as research and development costs, while corporation-sponsored research and development costs are charged to expense when incurred. Customer-sponsored research and development activity amounted to $35.7 million, $28.3 million, and $26.5 million, in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, and were attributed to customers within our Flow Control and Motion Control segments. Research and development expenses incurred by the Corporation amounted to $38.8 million in 2006 as compared with $39.7 million in 2005 and $33.8 million in 2004.
Environmental Protection
We are subject to federal, state, local, and foreign laws, regulations, and ordinances that govern activities or operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air and water. These laws, regulations, and ordinances may also apply to handling and disposal practices for solid and hazardous waste and impose liability for the costs of cleaning up and for certain damages resulting from sites of past spills, disposals, or other releases of hazardous substances.
At various times, we have been identified as a potentially responsible party pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), and analogous state environmental laws, for the cleanup of contamination resulting from past disposals of hazardous wastes at certain sites to which we, among others, sent wastes in the past. CERCLA requires potentially responsible persons to pay for cleanup of sites from which there has been a release or threatened release of hazardous substances. Courts have interpreted CERCLA to impose strict joint and several liability on all persons liable for cleanup costs. As a practical matter, however, at sites where there are multiple potentially responsible persons, the costs of cleanup typically are allocated among the parties according to a volumetric or other standard.
Information concerning our specific environmental liabilities is described in Notes 1.M and 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Page 15

Executive Officers
Martin R. Benante, age 54, has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation since April 2000; President and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation from April 1999 to April 2000; Vice President of the Corporation from April 1996 to April 1999; and President of Curtiss-Wright Flow Control Corporation from March 1995 to April 1999. He has been a Director of the Corporation since 1999.
B. Parker Miller III, age 61, has served as Senior Vice President – Government Relations of the Corporation since June 2005 and was elected an officer of the Corporation in February 2006; Director of Business and Strategic Development, Northrop Grumman from January 2005 to June 2005; Director of Business and Strategic Development, Unmanned Systems Group, Integrated Systems Sector, Northrop Grumman from June 2003 to January 2005; Manager, Legislative Affairs, Northrop Grumman from January 1997 to June 2003. In February 1994, after 25 years of service Mr. Miller retired from the Marine Corps with the rank of Colonel.
Edward Bloom, age 65, has served as Vice President of the Corporation and President of Metal Improvement Company, LLC since June 2002; Executive Vice President of Metal Improvement Company, Inc. from December 1995 to June 2002.
David J. Linton, age 51, has served as Vice President of the Corporation and President of Curtiss-Wright Flow Control Corporation since May 2004; Vice President of Program Management, Raytheon Network Centric Systems from November 2003 to April 2004; Chief Executive Officer, Cordiem, Inc. from April 2001 to March 2002; Vice President and General Manager of Electric Systems, Hamilton Sundstrand Corporation, June 1998 to April 2001.
David C. Adams, age 52, has served as Vice President of the Corporation since November 2005, and President of Curtiss-Wright Controls since June, 2005; Senior Vice President, Electronic Systems of Curtiss-Wright Controls from February 2004 to June 2005; Group Vice President, Integrated Sensing from April 2002 to February 2004; Vice President, Business Development of Curtiss-Wright Controls, September 2000 to April 2002; and Director, Business Development of Curtiss-Wright Controls from March 2000 to September 2000.
Glenn E. Tynan, age 48, has served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation since June 2002; Controller of the Corporation from June 2000 to May 2002; Vice President and Corporate Controller of the Movado Group from 1999 to 2000.
Michael J. Denton, age 51, has served as Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel of the Corporation since August 2001; Corporate Counsel of Honeywell International, Inc. (formerly AlliedSignal Inc.) from 1993 to 2001.
Kevin McClurg, age 43, has served as the Corporate Controller since September 2002; Assistant Controller from February 2002 to September 2002; Director of Accounting of Toys R Us, Inc. until January 2002; Director of International Reporting of Random House from January 1998 to May 2001.
Harry Jakubowitz, age 54, has served as Treasurer of the Corporation since September 2005; Director of Taxes of the Corporation from June 2002 to September 2005; Vice President, Taxes and Assistant Secretary of General Semiconductor, Inc. from 1997 to 2002, and also its Treasurer from 2000 to 2002.
Employees
At the end of 2006 we had 6,233 employees, approximately 12% of which are represented by labor unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements.
Available information
We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and proxy statements for our annual shareholders’ meetings, as well as any amendments to those reports, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The public may read and copy any of our materials filed with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including our filings. These reports are also available free of
Page 16

charge through our web site at www.curtisswright.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file that material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
You should carefully consider the risks described below and other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted if any of these risks materialize. Additional risk factors not currently known to us or that we believe are immaterial also may impair our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The trading price of our common stock may also decline as a result of these risks.
A substantial portion of our revenues and earnings is dependent upon the continued willingness of the U.S. Government and our other customers in the defense industry to buy our products and services.
In 2006, approximately 45% of our revenues were derived from or related to defense programs, with approximately 21% attributable to U.S. Navy procurements. The loss of a significant defense program or customer could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. There can be no assurance that our significant customers will continue to buy our products and services at current or increased levels.
Our business with the U.S. Government and defense contractors is subject to risks including: termination, reduction, or modification of our contracts, subcontracts, and backlog in the event of changes in the U.S. Government’s requirements, spending priorities, or defense-related budgets; when we are a subcontractor, the failure or inability of the prime contractor to perform its prime contract; in some contracts the final price per unit may be deferred; adjustment of contract costs and fees as a result of government audits; the frequent need to bid on programs in advance of design completion that may result in unforeseen technological difficulties and cost overruns; our contracts are for varying fixed terms that may not be renewed or followed by follow-on contracts upon expiration; and cancellation of the follow-on production phase of contracts if program requirements are not met in the development phase.
Reductions in defense industry spending may or may not have an adverse effect on programs for which we provide products and services. In the event expenditures are reduced for products we manufacture or services we provide and are not offset by revenues from foreign sales, new programs, or products or services that we currently manufacture or provide, we may experience a reduction in our revenues and earnings and a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our operating results are subject to fluctuations.
Defense industry procurement involves seasonality and economic cycles and as a result our annual and quarterly operating results may fluctuate. It is possible that our operating results for a particular quarter may not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors. Similarly, securities analysts may issue reports downgrading our common stock. These events could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
Future terror attacks, war, or other events could adversely impact our commercial aerospace and other businesses.
Despite our concerted effort to minimize risk to our production capabilities and corporate information systems and to reduce the effect of unforeseen interruptions to us through business continuity planning, terrorist attacks, war, or other events such as strikes by a significant customer’s workforce could adversely impact demand for our products and could also cause disruption to our facilities or systems which could also interrupt operational processes and adversely impact our ability to manufacture our products and provide services and support to our customers. For example, the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 and subsequent terrorist attacks worldwide caused decreased demand in the commercial aerospace market for our products and commercial overhaul and repair services. During 2006, approximately 18% of our business was related to commercial aerospace. The commercial aerospace industry is cyclical and subject to factors beyond our control. A number of commercial airline carriers have recently experienced large losses and filed for bankruptcy. Financial difficulties of our customers and decreased demand for new aircraft and continued use of existing aircraft could adversely affect our operating results and financial position.
Page 17

The success of our growth strategy is dependent upon our ability to complete acquisitions and integrate acquired businesses.
Our strategy includes growth through acquisitions. As a result, our future growth depends in large part on our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and successfully integrate acquired businesses into our existing operations. If we are unable to identify suitable candidates, negotiate appropriate acquisition terms, obtain financing, and successfully integrate acquired businesses into our existing operations, our future growth and operating results could be adversely impacted.
We operate in highly competitive markets.
We compete against companies that often have greater sales volumes and financial, research, human, and marketing resources than we have. Our management believes that the principal points of competition in our markets are product quality, price, design and engineering capabilities, product development, conformity to customer specifications, quality of post-sale support, timeliness of delivery, and effectiveness of the distribution organization. If we are unable to compete successfully with existing or new competitors in these areas, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted.
Our future growth and continued success is dependent upon our key personnel.
Our success is dependent upon the efforts of our senior management personnel. The loss of members of our senior management group could have a material and adverse effect on our business. In addition, competition for qualified technical personnel in our industries is intense, and we believe that our future growth and success will depend upon our ability to attract, train, and retain such personnel.
Our international operations are subject to risks and volatility in foreign currency exchange rates.
During 2006, approximately 25% of our consolidated revenue was from customers outside of the United States, and we have operating facilities in foreign countries. Doing business in foreign countries is subject to numerous risks including: political and economic instability, restrictive trade policies, and complying with foreign regulatory and tax requirements that are subject to change. To the extent that foreign sales are transacted in foreign currencies and we do not enter into currency hedge transactions, we are exposed to risk of losses due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly for the Canadian dollar, the euro, Swiss franc, and the British pound. Significant fluctuations in the value of the currencies of the countries in which we do business could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
We may be unable to protect the value of our intellectual property.
Our success depends in part on obtaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and avoiding infringing on the intellectual property rights of others. When others infringe our intellectual property rights, the value of our products is diminished, and we may incur substantial litigation costs to enforce our rights. Similarly, we may incur substantial litigation costs and the obligation to pay royalties if others claim we infringed their intellectual property rights. When we develop intellectual property and technologies in connection with U.S. Government contracts, the government has the royalty-free right to use that property.
Our business is subject to substantial regulation.
We are subject to numerous regulations including but not limited to those relating to federal government contracting and export compliance. Our failure to comply with these and other laws could result in contract termination and debarment, civil fines and damages, and criminal prosecution and penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
We are subject to liability under environmental laws.
Our business and facilities are subject to numerous federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations relating to the use, manufacture, storage, handling, and disposal of hazardous materials and other waste products. Environmental laws generally impose liability for investigation, remediation, and removal of hazardous materials and other waste products on property owners and those who dispose of materials at waste sites whether or not the
Page 18

waste was disposed of legally at the time in question. We have been named as a potentially responsible party along with other organizations in a number of environmental clean-up sites and may be named in connection with future sites. We are required to contribute to the costs of the investigation and remediation and to take reserves in our financial statements for future costs deemed probable and estimable. Although we have estimated and reserved for future environmental remediation costs, the final resolution of these liabilities may significantly vary from our estimates and could potentially have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
Our current debt, and debt we may incur in the future, could adversely affect our business and financial position.
As of December 31, 2006, we had $364.9 million of debt outstanding, of which $359.0 million is long-term debt. Our debt consists primarily of principal payable under our fixed rate senior notes. Our level of debt could have significant consequences for our business including: requiring us to use our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, reducing funds available for acquisitions and other investments in our business; making us vulnerable to economic downturns and increases in interest rates; limiting us from obtaining additional debt; and impacting our ability to pay dividends.
A percentage of our workforce is employed under collective bargaining agreements.
Approximately 12% of our workforce is employed under collective bargaining agreements, which from time to time are subject to renewal and negotiation. Although we have generally enjoyed good relations with both our unionized and non-unionized employees, if we are subject to labor actions, we may experience an adverse impact on our operating results.
We rely on certain suppliers as a sole source of components for some of our products.
Our manufacturing processes for our products often consist of the assembly of purchased components that are generally available from a number of different suppliers, though several suppliers are our sole source of certain components. If a sole source supplier should cease or otherwise be unable to deliver such components, our operating results could be adversely impacted.
Our future performance is influenced by costs incurred by our operating companies including, for example, the costs of raw materials
Our businesses depend on suppliers and subcontractors for raw materials and components. These supply networks can experience price fluctuations. While we have attempted to mitigate the effects of increased costs through price increases, there are no assurances that higher prices can effectively be passed through to our customers or that we will be able to offset fully or on a timely basis the effects of higher raw materials costs through price increases.
Our business involves risks associated with complex manufacturing processes.
Our manufacturing processes depend on certain sophisticated and high-value equipment. Unexpected failures of this equipment may result in production delays, revenue loss, and significant repair costs. In addition, equipment failures could result in injuries to our employees. Moreover, the competitive nature of our businesses requires us continuously to implement process changes intended to achieve product improvements and manufacturing efficiencies. These process changes may at times result in production delays, quality concerns, and increased costs. Any disruption of operations at our facilities due to equipment failures or process interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Potential product liability risks exist from the products that we sell.
Our businesses expose us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture, and sale of our products and the products of third-party vendors that we use or resell. We currently maintain what we believe to be suitable and adequate product liability insurance. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to maintain our product liability insurance on acceptable terms or that our product liability insurance will provide adequate protection against potential liabilities. In the event of a claim against us, a lack of sufficient insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Moreover, even if we maintain adequate insurance, any successful claim could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and on the ability to obtain suitable or adequate insurance.
Page 19

Increasing costs of certain employee and retiree benefits could adversely affect our results of operations.
The amount of expenses recorded for our defined benefit pension plans is dependent on changes in market interest rates and the value of plan assets, which are dependent on actual plan asset returns. Significant changes in market interest rates and decreases in the fair value of plan assets and investment losses on plan assets may adversely affect our future results of operations.
While we believe our control systems are effective, there are inherent limitations in all control systems, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
We continue to take action to assure compliance with the internal controls, disclosure controls and other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, cannot guarantee that our internal controls and disclosure controls will prevent all possible errors or all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no system of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Corporation have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected .
There are risks associated with owning our common stock.
Like any equity security, our common stock is subject to a number of risks that may adversely impact our share price including: there is a limited trading market in our common stock; we may not in the future be able to pay dividends on our common stock; we may issue common stock for acquisitions or other purposes that could be dilutive to current stockholders; and we have various anti-takeover defenses such as our rights plan and our ability to issue preferred stock that may discourage a potential acquirer.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Page 20

Item 2. Properties.
At December 31, 2006, we had 120 facilities worldwide, including manufacturing, metal treatment service, aerospace component overhaul, engineering, selling, and other facilities and administrative offices. Of these, we owned 41 locations and leased the remaining 79 facilities.

Our principal physical properties as of December 31, 2006, are described below:	
 	
                       Location	 	Description	 	Segment	 	Total Sq. Ft. Owned (1)	
  Cheswick,	 	Manufacturing	 	Flow Control	 	630,000	
  Pennsylvania	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	
  East Farmingdale,	 	Manufacturing	 	Flow Control	 	270,000	
  New York (2)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	
  Mississauga, Ontario,	 	Manufacturing	 	Motion Control	 	220,000	
  Canada	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	
  Chester, Wales	 	Metal Treatment Services – Shot	 	Metal Treatment	 	200,000	
  United Kingdom	 	Peening and Wing Forming	 	 	 	 	
 	
  Shelby,	 	Manufacturing	 	Motion Control	 	168,000	
  North Carolina	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The aggregate remaining properties leased and owned, by each business segment, are as follows:	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                     Segment	 	Description	 	Total Sq. Ft. Owned (1)	 	Total Sq. Ft. Leased (1)	
Metal Treatment	 	Metal treatment service and other	 	904,000	 	876,000	
 	 	facilities and administrative offices	 	 	 	 	
Motion Control	 	Manufacturing, aerospace component	 	139,000	 	583,000	
 	 	overhaul, engineering, and other	 	 	 	 	
 	 	facilities	 	 	 	 	
Flow Control	 	Manufacturing, engineering, and	 	338,000	 	509,000	
 	 	other facilities	 	 	 	 	

(1)          	Sizes are approximate. Unless otherwise indicated, all owned properties are owned in fee, are not subject to any major encumbrance, and are occupied primarily by factory and/or warehouse operations.	
 	
(2)	In February 2003, we entered into a non-traditional sale – leaseback transaction with the Town of Babylon Industrial Development Agency for our property located in E. Farmingdale, New York. Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, the Agency acquired fee simple title to the property and we are obligated to make lease payments through 2014 to the Agency in lieu of paying real estate taxes on said property. The Lease is subject to cancellation without penalty on 90 days notice, and title reverts back to us upon the repayment of any tax savings realized by us.	
The Corporation also leases 25,700 square feet of office space for its corporate headquarters located in Roseland, New Jersey.
None of the properties listed above are individually material to our business. The buildings on the properties referred to in this Item are well maintained, in good condition, and are suitable and adequate for the uses presently being made of them. Management believes the productive capacity of our properties is adequate to meet our anticipated volume for the foreseeable future.
On March 17, 2005, we completed the sale of our Fairfield, New Jersey property, a former operating property, for $10.5 million. The property encompassed approximately 39 acres and was formerly an operating facility for our Motion Control segment now located in Shelby, North Carolina.
Page 21

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
In the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are subject to various pending claims, lawsuits, and contingent liabilities. We do not believe that the disposition of any of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
We have been named in approximately 120 lawsuits that allege injury from exposure to asbestos. To date, we have secured dismissals with prejudice and without prejudice in approximately 19 and 95 lawsuits, respectively, and are currently in discussions for similar dismissal of several other lawsuits, and have not been found liable or paid any material sum of money in settlement in any case. We believe that the minimal use of asbestos in our past and current operations and the relatively non-friable condition of asbestos in our products makes it unlikely that we will face material liability in any asbestos litigation, whether individually or in the aggregate. We do maintain insurance coverage for these lawsuits and believe adequate coverage exists to cover any unanticipated asbestos liability.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
Not applicable.
Page 22

PART II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity And Related Stockholder Matters And Issuer Purchases of Securities.
MARKET INFORMATION
Our Common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol CW. On May 24, 2005, we completed a recapitalization that resulted in the combination of our two classes of common stock into a single new class by converting all outstanding shares of Common stock and Class B common stock into a single new class of common stock. The recapitalization was accomplished through a merger with a wholly owned subsidiary, in which the outstanding shares of Common stock and Class B common stock were exchanged for shares of the single class of Common stock. The ownership of the new class of Common stock was the same immediately after the merger as it was immediately prior. Prior to May 24, 2005, Class B common stock was listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol CW.B.

     Stock Price Range	 	2006	     	2005	
    Common	 	High	 	Low	     	 	High	     	Low	     	
    First Quarter	 	$33.65	 	$26.82	 	 	$29.93	 	$24.41	 	
    Second Quarter	 	35.07	 	30.52	 	 	31.34	 	25.07	 	
    Third Quarter	 	31.74	 	26.61	 	 	33.70	 	26.18	 	
    Fourth Quarter	 	38.40	 	29.99	 	 	31.94	 	27.08	 	
 	
    Class B (1)	 	High	 	Low	 	 	High	 	Low	 	
    First Quarter	 	N/A	 	N/A	 	 	$29.33	 	$24.12	 	
    Second Quarter	 	N/A	 	N/A	 	 	31.11	 	26.71	 	
    Third Quarter	 	N/A	 	N/A	 	 	N/A	 	N/A	 	
    Fourth Quarter	 	N/A	 	N/A	 	 	N/A	 	N/A	 	
(1) Class B shares were converted to Common shares on May 24, 2005.	 	 	 	 	 	 	

We had approximately 6,762 holders of record of Common stock, $1.00 par value, as of January 31, 2007.
DIVIDENDS
In the fourth quarter of 2005, we increased our quarterly dividend payment to $0.06 per share, a 33% increase over the prior dividend of $0.045 per share and the third increase in the dividend since 2000.

 	 	2006	 	 	2005	 	
Common	 	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	 	$     0.06	 	 	$     0.05	 	
Second Quarter	 	0.06	 	 	0.05	 	
Third Quarter	 	0.06	 	 	0.05	 	
Fourth Quarter	 	0.06	 	 	0.06	 	
 	
Class B (1)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	 	N/A	 	 	$     0.05	 	
Second Quarter	 	N/A	 	 	0.05	 	
Third Quarter	 	N/A	 	 	N/A	 	
Fourth Quarter	 	N/A	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	
(1) Class B shares were converted to Common shares on May 24, 2005.	 	

All per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect our 2-for-1 stock splits on April 21, 2006. See notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional financial information.
Page 23

SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
The following table sets forth information regarding our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2006, the end of our most recently completed fiscal year:

 	 	 	 	 	 	Number of options	
 	 	 	 	 	 	remaining available for	
 	 	Number of	 	 	 	future issuance	
 	 	securities to be	 	Weighted average	 	under equity	
 	 	issued upon exercise of	 	exercise price of	 	compensation plans	
 	 	outstanding options,	 	outstanding options,	 	(excluding securities	
Plan category	 	warrants and rights	 	warrants and rights	 	reflected in the first column)	
 	
Equity compensation plans	 	 	 	 	 	 	
approved by security	 	 	 	 	 	 	
holders	 	2,553,064(a)	 	$24.19	 	5,491,330(b)	
 	
Equity compensation plans	 	 	 	 	 	 	
not approved by security	 	 	 	 	 	 	
holders	 	None	 	Not applicable	 	Not applicable	

(a)          	Consists of 2,396,697 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and vesting of performance shares, restricted shares, and restricted stock units under the 2005 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and the 1995 Long-Term Incentive Plan, 93,379 shares issuable under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 62,988 shares outstanding under the 2005 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors and the 1996 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors.	
 	
(b)	Consists of 3,828,741 shares available for future option grants under the 2005 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, 1,570,108 shares remaining available for issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 92,481 shares remaining available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors.	
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

CONSOLIDATED SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
( In thousands, except per share	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
data)	 	 	2006	     	 	2005	     	 	2004	     	 	2003	     	 	2002	 	
Net sales	 	$	1,282,155	 	$	1,130,928	 	$	955,039	 	$	746,071	 	$	513,278	 	
Net earnings	 	 	80,569	 	 	75,280	 	 	65,066	 	 	52,268	 	 	45,136	 	
Total assets	 	 	1,592,156	 	 	1,400,285	 	 	1,278,440	 	 	973,665	 	 	810,102	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	359,000	 	 	364,017	 	 	340,860	 	 	224,151	 	 	119,041	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	1.84	 	$	1.74	 	$	1.53	 	$	1.27	 	$	1.11	 	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	1.82	 	$	1.72	 	$	1.51	 	$	1.25	 	$	1.08	 	
Cash dividends per share	 	$	0.24	 	$	0.20	 	$	0.18	 	$	0.16	 	$	0.15	 	

All per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect our 2-for-1 stock splits on April 21, 2006 and December 17, 2003. See notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional financial information.
Page 24

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
COMPANY ORGANIZATION
Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations begins with an overview of our company, followed by economic and industry-wide factors impacting our company and the markets we serve, a discussion of the overall results of operations, and finally a more detailed discussion of those results within each of our reportable operating segments.
Curtiss-Wright Corporation is a diversified, multinational provider of highly engineered, technologically advanced, value-added products and services to a broad range of industries in the motion control, flow control, and metal treatment markets. We are positioned as a market leader across a diversified array of niche markets through engineering and technological leadership, precision manufacturing, and strong relationships with our customers. We provide products and services to a number of global markets, such as defense, commercial aerospace, commercial power, oil and gas, automotive, and general industrial. We have achieved balanced growth through the successful application of our core competencies in engineering and precision manufacturing, adapting these competencies to new markets through internal product development, and a disciplined program of strategic acquisitions. Our overall strategy is to be a balanced and diversified company, less vulnerable to cycles or downturns in any one business sector, and to establish strong positions in profitable niche markets. Approximately 45% of our revenues are generated from defense-related markets.
We manage and evaluate our operations based on the products and services we offer and the different industries and markets we serve. Based on this approach, we have three reportable segments: Flow Control, Motion Control, and Metal Treatment. For further information on our products and services and the major markets served by our three segments, see Item 1 Business Description above. The following charts represent our sales by market for 2006 and 2005:

Economic and Industry-wide Factors
By most measures, 2006 was another good year for Curtiss-Wright. Our strong financial performance was a result of successful organic growth combined with efficient acquisition execution. Continued strength in the U.S. economy provided a solid foundation on which our commercial business thrived. Many of the key drivers of our business, such as the U.S. economy, U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) funding, global energy demand and the global commercial aerospace industry, continued to improve. In addition, U.S. military spending levels remained steady, and our commercial markets strengthened, particularly in the energy sectors. Overall our sales grew at double digit pace in 2006. We generated cash flow from operations of over $140 million, while free cash flow, which is our cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures, was over $100 million and our strong year end backlog should provide us with great momentum heading into 2007.
Most of our sales growth was organic with solid performance by each of our segments. From a markets standpoint we experienced very strong growth in our energy markets, including 45% growth in oil and gas and 13% growth in commercial nuclear power. Our ground defense business rose 26% in 2006 fueled primarily by upgrades and new technology insertions in support of our troops stationed around the world.
Page 25

Looking forward, we see modest growth in the U.S. economy in 2007. The overall U.S. defense spending levels will continue to grow at their current moderate pace, and the global commercial aerospace industry continues to flourish. Energy markets will remain strong, fueled by increased demand and limited supply. However, many factors could impact our future performance, including the timing and level of future defense spending in the U.S., volatility of the geopolitical landscape, and the pace of global economic activity.
General Economy
Many of our industrial businesses are driven in large part by global economic growth, especially in the U.S. In 2006, the U.S. economy grew modestly, and inflation and interest rates remained fairly stable. The overall healthy global economic environment in 2006 is supported by solid overall growth in our commercial/industrial markets of 19%. Based upon certain economic reports, the U.S. economy is expected to grow at a modest rate in 2007, similar to 2006, assuming that oil prices and the housing markets stabilize in 2007. Inflation and interest rates are expected to remain stable in 2007. However, if these conditions were not to occur, it may prompt the U.S. Federal Reserve to return to its program of raising interest rates in 2007. At December 31, 2006 the vast majority of our debt carried fixed rates. A significant rise in interest rates could result in increased interest expense to the extent we borrow under our revolving credit agreement, which carries a floating interest rate. Stabilized interest rates should lead to increased spending and investment in the business sector. Unemployment is expected to remain below 5% in 2007. Also, global Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) growth is expected to be moderate in 2007, primarily because of higher energy prices and tighter monetary policies.
Approximately 25% of our business is outside the U.S. and subject to currency fluctuations in both transactions in foreign currencies as well as translation from local country currencies to the U.S. dollar. In 2006 we were negatively impacted primarily by the Canadian dollar, as several of our business units have revenues primarily in U.S. dollars and expenses primarily in Canadian dollars. We have a global foreign currency hedging program in place, however although we seek to mitigate these fluctuations through such hedging programs, there is no guarantee that our hedging efforts will offset the possible adverse impacts of the currency fluctuations.
It appears that, at least in the U.S., 2007 is expected to mark the sixth consecutive year of economic expansion, fueled primarily by strong spending in the business sector. We remain cautiously optimistic that this expansion will continue in the near term. To the extent that it does, our businesses that are largely economic driven and serve the commercial aerospace, oil and gas, and general industrial markets, particularly our Metal Treatment segment, are well positioned to benefit from increased economic strength.
Defense
Approximately 45% of our business is in the military sector, predominantly in the U.S., and characterized by long-term programs and contracts driven primarily by the U.S. DoD budgets and funding levels. We supply product to all branches of the U.S. military and also participate in several non-U.S. military programs, although they do not represent a significant portion of our military business.
In 2006, we achieved 9% growth in our defense markets overall, including strong growth in our ground defense business of 26% and naval platforms of 9%. The growth in the ground defense business was driven by strong demand for our embedded computing products. Our aerospace business was down slightly from the prior year. Our growth was achieved through a combination of ongoing platforms, developmental programs, and current force repair and upgrades. We expect our 2007 defense market growth to be in line with the DoD fiscal 2007 budget growth of approximately 5%.
The DoD fiscal 2007 budget continues investment in key programs, funding in support of transformation initiatives, and increased spending for the modernization and upgrading of our current fleet as well as the global war on terror (GWOT). Our Flow Control and Motion Control segments are well positioned on many high performance defense platforms, including: the CVN-21 next-generation aircraft carrier, the Virginia Class nuclear submarine program, and the DDG-1000 destroyer for the U.S. Navy; the U.S. Coast Guard Deepwater program; the F-16, F-18, F-22, V-22, and Unmanned Aerial Vehicle programs, such as the Global Hawk for the U.S. Air Force; and the Abrams Tank, Bradley Fighting Vehicle and the Stryker Mobile Gun System for the U.S. Army. Our Motion Control segment also provides a variety of products to non-U.S. military programs in Europe, the Asia Pacific region, the Middle East, South America, and Canada. In addition, we are involved in many of the future military systems that are currently in development, such as the F-35 Lightning II, the Future Combat System, shipboard aircraft launching and arresting systems, and the Electromagnetic (EM) Gun program.
Page 26

There is the possibility that defense spending may decrease in the future, which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition. While DoD funding fluctuates year-by-year and program-by-program, the primary risk facing us would be the termination of a major program. We are not aware of any potential material program termination for which we have content. If a material program were to be terminated, the termination process takes several years to wind down, which should provide us ample time to react before any potential impact occurs. Although we monitor the budget process as it relates to programs in which we participate, we cannot predict the ultimate impact of future DoD budgets on us. In addition, there are other risks associated with our defense businesses, such as failure of a prime contractor customer to perform on a contract, pricing and/or design specifications that may not always be finalized at the time the contract is bid, and the failure and/or inability of certain sole source suppliers to provide us product, any of which could have an adverse impact on our financial performance. While alternatives could be identified to replace a sole source supplier, a transition could result in increased costs and manufacturing delays.
Commercial Aerospace
Approximately 18% of our revenues are derived from the global commercial aerospace industry. Our primary focus in this market is OEM products and services for commercial jets. However, we have expanded into the regional and business jet sectors with new content on the Eclipse and Embraer platforms. Our Motion Control segment primarily provides flight actuation control systems, sensors, and other electronics to Boeing as well as electronic products to Airbus. Our Metal Treatment segment forms all of the wing skins for Airbus aircraft and also treats highly stressed components on a variety of turbine engines and landing gear systems primarily through third party machine shops. Our commercial aerospace business grew approximately 19% in 2006 and 2005. This growth has come from increased customer production levels but also new platforms for both Boeing and Airbus, strong demand for our overhaul and repair services, as well as introduction of new products for existing programs.
Our commercial aerospace business is expected to remain healthy in 2007 as we are well positioned on a number of commercial aerospace platforms and should benefit from continued growth in this industry over the next couple of years. Global airline traffic is one of the primary drivers for long-term growth in the commercial aerospace industry, and economic growth is one of the primary drivers of global airline traffic demand. Based on industry reports, global passenger traffic grew approximately 6% in 2006, which was higher than expected, fueled mainly by strong traffic growth in Asia and the Middle East. Global traffic growth in 2007 is expected to be similar to 2006. Traffic growth, largely stimulated by the health of the general economy, and an aging fleet of existing commercial aircraft contribute to the need for more aircraft, which has generated increased new aircraft orders over the past two years. This healthy backlog of orders is expected to lead to higher OEM production levels, a key driver of our commercial aerospace business. We expect to see healthy growth in our Boeing business offset somewhat by lower Airbus business because the delay in the A380 program will not totally be offset by other Airbus programs.
While improved economic conditions have contributed to this industry’s recovery, concerns still exist regarding the financial weakness of many of the airlines, continued high fuel prices, and the threat of another major terrorist attack, any of which could have an adverse impact on this industry and our operating results and financial position.
Oil and Gas
Approximately 14% of our revenues are derived from the oil and gas industry. We provide primarily critical-function pumps, valves, process vessels, and control electronics to this industry through our Flow Control segment. Our significant portfolio of advanced technologies for this market resulted in a record 45% sales growth in 2006, driven mainly by new orders for our revolutionary coker valve product and incremental sales from the acquisition of Enpro Systems. We expect continued strong growth in 2007.
The most prevalent driver impacting our market is capital spending by refiners for maintenance, upgrades, capacity expansion, safety improvements, and compliance with environmental regulations. Refiner profitability and global crude oil prices in general will impact their capital spending levels. Refining margins have remained relatively high despite higher crude oil prices which, combined with increased global petrochemical production and continued global economic growth, have generated and should continue to generate increased investment and capital spending by the refineries in 2007 and beyond. New environmental regulations in the U.S. are prompting additional spending to comply with more stringent emissions standards. The proposed and enacted environmental regulations in the U.S. and other developed countries could drive increased demand for flow control products by as much as 8% to 10% over the next few years. Finally, as the world continues to depend on natural resources, oil exploration deepens, and transport requirements widen, we anticipate additional opportunities to provide our flow control products to meet
Page 27

these challenges. For instance, increased crude oil prices has increased refinery focus on throughput and has resulted in the delayed coking and catalytic cracking processes becoming more profitable and safer, leading to increased demand for our related products, which are inherently safer than existing products and, because of their significantly reduced maintenance requirements, increase throughput for the refinery.
In 2006 we announced two important partnerships with industry leaders that will unite our combined technical expertise in creating advanced pumps and motors. While these programs have just been launched, we are confident the continued high demand for natural resources production should result in significant market growth for us over the next few years. However, we temper our outlook for the petroleum markets based on a number of potential and unforeseeable events. Many of the same factors that drove world oil markets in prior years, such as low production capacity and rapid demand growth, are expected to continue to constrain this market in 2007. Other factors, such as the frequency and intensity of hurricanes, other extreme weather, and geopolitical instability, may also continue to affect this market. While global demand is expected to increase in 2007, primarily from economic growth in developing Asian countries, global production capacity is also expected to increase in 2007, which should moderate the global oil price increases experienced over the past two years. Finally, we cannot predict how long global economic growth can be sustained, whether proposed environmental and energy legislation will be enacted, the impact of further geopolitical disruption of energy supply, or to the extent such factors may impact this industry.
Power Generation
Approximately 11% of our revenues are derived from the commercial nuclear power market, where we supply a variety of highly engineered products and services, including reactor coolant pumps, control rod drive mechanisms, valves, motors, and bolting solutions through our Flow Control segment. In addition, we are one of a small number of companies which provides N-stamp quality assurance certification necessary for supplying nuclear plant equipment. Many of the companies that originally participated in the nuclear power plant construction have since exited this market.
We experienced 13% growth in this market in 2006 and our outlook continues to be strong. Our recent growth has come primarily from the U.S. plant recertification process because most of the 103 existing nuclear power plants have applied for or will be applying for plant life extensions, as required by current regulations. As of December 31, 2006, approximately 47 plants have received plant life extensions, applications from 8 additional plants have been submitted and are pending approval, and letters of intent to apply have been received from 30 more plants with expected application submittal dates from March 2007 through August 2013.
In addition to plant recertifications, there are several emerging factors that could precipitate an expansion in commercial nuclear power demand over the next several years. Continued growth in global demand for electricity, especially in developing countries with limited supply, will require increased capacity. The Nuclear Energy Institute estimates that an average of 34 new reactors would need to be built every five years over the period 2010 through 2030 to meet projected demand. Instability in the world petroleum markets, where we have seen unprecedented historically high oil prices, have fostered support for seeking alternative fuel sources globally. Nuclear power is the most economical source for generating electricity. There is also increased attention to environmental issues, and nuclear power has proven to have minimal impact on the environment as compared to the majority of current sources. In addition, the U.S. has indicated that it wants to decrease its dependence on foreign oil imports, which accounts for almost half of its current supply.
Longer term, we see excellent growth opportunity due to planned new plant construction both domestically and internationally. Domestically, 14 energy-related companies have announced their intentions to apply to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) for a combined construction and operating license (COL) for new nuclear power plants in the U.S. Thus far, the Westinghouse AP1000 reactor design has been selected for 10 of the potential new reactors. Curtiss-Wright’s Flow Control segment has significant content on the AP1000 reactor, the only generation III advanced design certified by the NRC. COL application submittals are expected to begin in the fourth quarter of 2007 and, if approved, construction could begin as early as 2010. Internationally, new nuclear plant construction is ongoing. Currently there are 25 new reactors under construction, 18 more planned, and another 51 proposed. In particular, China intends to expand its nuclear power capabilities significantly through the construction of new nuclear power plants over the next several years. In December 2006, China announced its selection of the Westinghouse AP1000 advanced reactor design for two new power plants. Contract negotiations are currently underway and are expected to be completed in 2007.
Page 28

With these developments underway, our Flow Control segment is well positioned to take advantage of the expansion in this industry over the next decade. The recent history of plant life extension approvals in the U.S. and continued strong build programs in Asia are encouraging. However, there is no guarantee that the nuclear alternative will continue to be fully endorsed in the U.S. and other parts of the world, or that the NRC will authorize the construction of new facilities in the U.S. In addition, the geopolitical climate is volatile and could impact future nuclear plant construction levels around the world.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Analytical Definitions
Throughout management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, the terms “incremental” and “base” are used to explain changes from period to period. The term “incremental” is used to highlight the impact acquisitions had on the current year results, for which there was no comparable prior-year period.
During 2006, we redefined the method of calculating organic growth by including the results of operations for acquisitions in the base business after twelve full months of ownership. This change was made to conform to more common practice within our industry. Therefore, the 2006 results of operations for acquisitions are “incremental” for the first twelve months from the date of acquisition. The remaining businesses are referred to as the “base” businesses, and growth in these base businesses is referred to as “organic.” As such, for the year ended December 31, 2006, our organic growth calculations exclude the operations of the 2006 acquisitions as well as the first two months of operations during 2006 of Indal Technologies, which was acquired in March 2005. These excluded results of operations from the organic calculation are considered “incremental”.
The 2005 results of operation continue to present the results based upon the 2005 methodology. As such, an acquisition is considered base when the reporting period includes fully comparable current and prior-year data. Therefore, for the year ended December 31, 2005, our organic growth of the base businesses excludes all acquisitions since January 1, 2004. The term “incremental” is used to highlight the impact acquisitions had on the current year results, for which there was no comparable prior-year period.
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2005
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded consolidated net sales of $1,282.2 million and net earnings of $80.6 million, or $1.82 per diluted share. Sales for 2006 increased 13% over 2005 sales of $1,130.9 million. Net earnings for 2006 increased 7% from 2005 net earnings of $75.3 million, or $1.72 per diluted share.
The increase in revenues was mainly driven by our base businesses, which experienced organic sales growth of 11% in 2006, led by the Flow Control segment, which grew organically by 15%. Our Metal Treatment and Motion Control segments experienced solid organic sales growth of 9% and 8%, respectively. Additionally, sales in 2006 benefited from an additional two months of revenue generated from our 2005 acquisition of Indal and the sales contribution from the 2006 acquisitions of Enpro Systems, Allegheny, and Swantech, which contributed $27.6 million in incremental sales in 2006. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding acquisitions.
In our base businesses, all of our segments experienced organic growth in our defense markets, which increased 2006 sales by $36.9 million over 2005. The increase was due primarily to higher sales to the ground defense market in support of the war effort in Iraq and Afghanistan and the timing of long-term Navy procurement programs. Organic sales to the oil and gas market increased $37.8 million as our flow control coker valve product continues to gain customer acceptance from the performance of initial product installs as they reach the five year in service mark. Sales from our base businesses to the commercial aerospace market increased $34.6 million in 2006 because of the overall growth of the market, leading to increased production requirements from our customers in our Motion Control and Metal Treatment segments and content on new programs in our Motion Control segment. In addition, foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on sales of $5.0 million in 2006 as compared to 2005.
Page 29

Operating income for 2006 totaled $140.6 million, an increase of 2% from operating income of $138.0 million in 2005. In the fourth quarter of 2006, we established a reserve in the amount of $6.5 million to reflect potential liabilities arising from a jury verdict returned against us in a lawsuit filed by a former employee. Overall organic operating income growth, which includes nonsegment expense, was 3% for 2006, compared to the prior year. Strong segment growth was driven by our Metal Treatment and Flow Control segments, which experienced organic growth of 21% and 14%, respectively, from the prior year. Organic operating income growth in our Motion Control segment was 11% in 2006. The 2005 and 2006 acquisitions experienced an incremental loss of $1.3 million during 2006 mainly due to integration costs, lowering the overall operating segment margin in 2006 as compared to 2005.
In our base businesses, the organic operating income growth increase is primarily attributed to higher sales volume even though gross margins slipped from 34.5% to 33.7% . The gross margin percentage decline occurred in our Flow Control and Motion Control segments and is mainly due to increased work on development contracts and new programs, which are priced at lower margins to capture follow-on long-term production and spares orders, higher material and other production costs on fixed-price long-term contracts, and cost overruns on certain new programs and development contracts. The gross margins from the higher sales volume were further reduced by higher general and administrative costs, which grew faster than sales at 20% in 2006 as compared to 2005. The increase in general and administrative costs is due primarily to the establishment of the $6.5 million litigation reserve noted above, the expensing of stock options upon the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”) on January 1, 2006, which totaled $4.9 million, and an increase in pension expense of $4.2 million related to the Curtiss-Wright pension plan due primarily to increased service costs related to head count and salary increases, special termination benefits, and a lump sum payment related to the retirement of a key executive. In addition, we recognized a gain on the sale of property for $2.8 million in 2005, which did not recur in 2006. Selling expenses increased $6.9 million, or 10%, which is slightly behind the sales growth. Research and development costs declined $0.8 million in 2006 as compared to 2005 as more engineering effort was put into development contracts. These costs were classified as cost of goods sold on the statement of income. We also benefited in 2006 from reimbursements of previously expensed research and development costs under joint projects with customers. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact on operating income of $2.0 million for 2006 as compared to 2005.
We incurred higher interest expense in 2006 compared to 2005. The increase was due to higher interest rates partially offset by lower average outstanding debt. Our average borrowing rate increased 70 basis points in 2006 as compared to 2005 while our average outstanding debt decreased 3% for the comparable periods. Net earnings in 2006 included certain nonrecurring tax benefits totaling $5.1 million.
Backlog at December 31, 2006 remained strong at $875.5 million compared with $805.6 million at December 31, 2005, and $627.7 million at December 31, 2004. Acquisitions made during 2006 represented $23.4 million of the backlog at December 31, 2006. New orders received in 2006 totaled $1,333.0 million, which represents a 6% increase over 2005 new orders of $1,261.2 million and a 33% increase over new orders received in 2004. Acquisitions made during 2005 and 2006 contributed $39.8 million in incremental new orders received in 2006. Record orders for our flow control coker valve and strong orders for our motion control electronic and mechanical products drove the new order improvement. Our metal treatment services, repair and overhaul services, and after-market sales, which represent approximately 20% of our total sales for 2006, are sold with very modest lead times. Accordingly, the backlog for these businesses is less of an indication of future sales than the backlog of the majority of the products and services of our Motion Control and Flow Control segments, in which a significant portion of sales is derived from long-term contracts.
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2004
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we recorded consolidated net sales of $1,130.9 million and net earnings of $75.3 million, or $1.72 per diluted share. Sales for 2005 increased 18% over 2004 sales of $955.0 million. Net earnings for 2005 increased 16% from 2004 net earnings of $65.1 million, or $1.51 per diluted share.
The increase in revenues was mainly driven by a complete year of revenues generated from our 2004 acquisitions, primarily Dy 4 Systems, Primagraphics, Nova Machine, Trentec, Groquip, Synergy, and EPD, and the 2005 acquisition of Indal. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding acquisitions. These acquisitions contributed $100.5 million in incremental sales in 2005 (or 57% of the total sales increase from 2004). Our base businesses experienced organic sales growth of 8% in 2005, led by the Metal Treatment segment, which grew organically by 11%. Our Flow Control and Motion Control segments experienced solid organic sales growth of 8% and 7%, respectively.
Page 30

In our base businesses, our coker valve products continued to gain customer acceptance, which drove the Flow Control organic sales increase of $22.6 million to the oil and gas market. The Motion Control segment experienced higher sales of our OEM and spares products and repair and overhaul services to the commercial aerospace market of $16.1 million, mainly due to the increased production requirements and the continued improvement in the commercial aerospace market. Metal treatment sales of our global shot peening services increased $13.5 million, primarily in the commercial aerospace and automotive markets, due mainly to the continuing recovery of the global economy and customer production requirements. In addition, we experienced organic growth in our defense markets in both our Motion Control and Flow Control segments, which increased 2005 sales by $7.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, over 2004. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on sales of $1.2 million in 2005 as compared to 2004.
Operating income for 2005 totaled $138.0 million, an increase of 25% from operating income of $110.3 million in 2004. The increase is primarily attributed to higher sales volume, favorable mix, and previously implemented cost reduction initiatives. Operating income in 2005 experienced organic growth of 21% and was driven by our Metal Treatment and Motion Control segments, which experienced organic growth of 21% and 14%, respectively, from 2004. Metal Treatment’s organic operating income growth was mainly the result of higher volume while Motion Control’s organic growth was due to higher volume, favorable sales mix from commercial aerospace spares and aftermarket services, and implemented cost control initiatives. Organic operating income growth in our Flow Control segment was 10% in 2005, due to higher volume. The contributions of the 2004 and 2005 acquisitions amounted to $0.6 million in incremental operating income in 2005 compared to 2004, keeping the overall operating segment margin flat in 2005 compared to 2004. The operating margins of our segments have been somewhat lower than historical levels in recent years, principally related to the large number of acquisitions made since 2002. Although the new acquisitions continue to have a positive effect on operating income, the operating margin of the overall Corporation is lower since the margin levels of the newly acquired companies are below those of our base businesses. We consider this to be a temporary issue that should be more than offset by the benefits of diversification, the implementation of cost control measures, and increased future profitability. The integration of our acquisitions continues to progress as planned. In addition to having improved operating margins for almost all of our recent acquisitions, we have initiated programs to cross-market products and share technologies across our businesses. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on operating income of $0.2 million for 2005 as compared to 2004.
In addition to the strong organic growth of the segments, we experienced favorable results in 2005 compared to 2004 from lower environmental remediation costs, which declined $4.5 million, a gain on the sale of property of $2.8 million, and lower costs associated with Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 compliance of $1.2 million. These favorable impacts were offset by higher research and development, selling, general, and administrative expenses, mainly due to the 2004 and 2005 acquisitions. In addition, we incurred additional infrastructure costs to support our business growth and higher pension expense.
We incurred higher interest expense in 2005 as compared to 2004 due to higher interest rates, which accounted for approximately 54% of the increase, and higher debt levels associated with the funding of our acquisition program. Net earnings in 2004 included certain one-time tax benefits of $3.4 million, which primarily resulted from the change in legal structure of one of our subsidiaries and a favorable IRS Appeals settlement.
Page 31

Segment Performance
We operate in three principal operating segments on the basis of products and services offered and markets served: Flow Control, Motion Control, and Metal Treatment. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further segment financial information. The following table sets forth revenues, operating income, operating margin, and the percentage changes on those items, for 2006 as compared with the prior year periods, by operating segment:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	 	Percent Changes	
(In thousands, except percentages)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2006	 	 	 	2005	 	
 	 	 	2006	 	     	 	2005	 	     	 	2004	 	     	vs. 2005	 	 	     	vs. 2004	 	
Sales:	   	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	          	 	 	 	 	
Flow Control	 	$	548,121	 	 	$	466,546	 	 	$	388,139	 	 	          	17.5	%	 	 	          	20.2	%	
Motion Control	 	 	509,462	 	 	 	465,451	 	 	 	388,576	 	 	 	9.5	%	 	 	 	19.8	%	
Metal Treatment	 	 	224,572	 	 	 	198,931	 	 	 	178,324	 	 	 	12.9	%	 	 	 	11.6	%	
Total Curtiss-Wright	 	$	1,282,155	 	 	$	1,130,928	 	 	$	955,039	 	 	 	13.4	%	 	 	 	18.4	%	
 	
Operating Income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Flow Control	 	$	60,542	 	 	$	54,509	 	 	$	44,451	 	 	 	11.1	%	 	 	 	22.6	%	
Motion Control	 	 	55,242	 	 	 	50,485	 	 	 	44,893	 	 	 	9.4	%	 	 	 	12.5	%	
Metal Treatment	 	 	42,385	 	 	 	34,470	 	 	 	28,111	 	 	 	23.0	%	 	 	 	22.6	%	
Total Segments	 	 	158,169	 	 	 	139,464	 	 	 	117,455	 	 	 	13.4	%	 	 	 	18.7	%	
Corporate & Other	 	 	(17,541	)	 	 	(1,482	)	 	 	(7,114	)	 	 	1,083.6	%	 	 	 	(79.2	%)	
Total Curtiss-Wright	 	$	140,628	 	 	$	137,982	 	 	$	110,341	 	 	 	1.9	%	 	 	 	25.1	%	
 	
Operating Margins:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Flow Control	 	 	11.0	%	 	 	11.7	%	 	 	11.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Motion Control	 	 	10.8	%	 	 	10.8	%	 	 	11.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Metal Treatment	 	 	18.9	%	 	 	17.3	%	 	 	15.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Segments	 	 	12.3	%	 	 	12.3	%	 	 	12.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Curtiss-Wright	 	 	11.0	%	 	 	12.2	%	 	 	11.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Flow Control
Our Flow Control segment reported sales of $548.1 million for 2006, an 18% increase over 2005 sales of $466.5 million. The sales increase was achieved through organic sales growth of 15% and sales from our 2006 acquisitions of Enpro Systems and Swantech, which contributed $14.1 million in incremental revenue. The increase in organic sales was driven by higher sales to the oil and gas market of $33.9 million, higher sales to the power generation market of $15.1 million, and higher sales to the U.S. Navy of $13.1 million. High demand for our coker valves continued in 2006 as the products continue to gain greater market acceptance in the industry as our installed base continues to perform well. Coker valve sales accounted for 71% of the oil and gas industry sales growth in 2006. Additionally, refineries continued to invest money to increase capacity and improve plant efficiencies in 2006. As a result, sales of our other products to the oil and gas industry were up $10.1 million over the prior period. We also benefited from additional repair services associated with turnaround work resulting from the hurricane damage in 2005. Strong product demand from nuclear power plants drove the increased sales in the power generation market versus 2005. Demand from nuclear power plants is driven by the timing of refurbishment cycles and both scheduled and unscheduled plant outages, which can vary in timing and cause fluctuations from period to period. In 2006, we expanded our electro-mechanical product line to include reactor vessel heads, which supplemented the control rod drive mechanisms sales. Power generation revenues were driven by sales of valves, spare parts, and services, which increased by $8.2 million, control rod drive mechanisms to nuclear power plants, and motor remanufactures, which increased $5.7 million and $5.0 million, respectively, over the prior year period. These increases to the commercial power generation were partially offset by a $3.9 million decrease in reactor coolant pump sales because of the timing of orders. The higher sales to the U.S. Navy were mainly driven by increased generator, pump, and valve sales of $23.7 million for use on the CVN aircraft carrier. Sales to the U.S. Navy were also positively impacted by additional engineering, analysis, and development work of $5.0 million, higher sales of electronic power supply products of $2.3 million as we gain additional market share, and higher electro-mechanical spares of $1.6 million, versus the prior year. Partially offsetting these naval sales was a $19.4 million decrease in generator, pump, and valve sales for submarines. Sales to the U.S. Navy are dependant on Navy procurement budgets and are subject to
Page 32

fluctuations due to timing of funding releases. In addition, foreign currency translation favorably impacted this segment’s sales by $0.9 million in 2006 compared to 2005.
Operating income for 2006 was $60.5 million, an increase of 11% over 2005 operating income of $54.5 million. The base business operating income grew a solid 14% organically for the full year ended December 31, 2006, while the 2006 acquisitions negatively impacted operating income by $1.3 million in 2006 due to business integration costs. The increase in the operating income from the base businesses resulted from higher sales volume, particularly from our coker products to the oil and gas industry. The overall base business operating margin for this segment decreased 70 basis points in 2006 versus the prior year period. The lower overall margins resulted from several factors including higher material, transportation, and fabrication costs particularly within fixed-price valve contracts within the oil and gas industry. Gross margins in 2006 were also impacted by additional testing and qualification costs on newer products such as the control rod drive mechanisms in the nuclear power generation market and composite pumps and trim and drain product to the U.S. Navy. The new product cost overruns are common when undertaking the design, manufacture, and qualification of technically challenging products for the first time. Additionally, we experienced cost overruns on our JP-5 and ball valves servicing U.S. Navy aircraft carriers and submarines, respectively. The cost overruns were associated with improving the design of the products and higher material costs. Partially offsetting these impacts was better labor utilization within our electro-mechanical division and better mix in other product sales to the oil and gas industry for maintenance, repair, and overhaul services associated with refinery turnarounds.
Research and development costs increased $1.5 million in 2006 over 2005 as additional investments were made to grow our commercial power business, partially offset by reimbursements of costs under joint projects with customers. Selling and administrative costs were up 21% in 2006 and were driven by increased infrastructure costs incurred to support our organic growth as well as a $1.5 million expense associated with the adoption of SFAS 123(R). In addition, foreign currency translation favorably impacted operating income by $0.2 million in 2006 as compared to 2005.
Backlog at December 31, 2006 is $434.9 million compared with $429.3 million at December 31, 2005 and $396.3 million at December 31, 2004. New orders received in 2006 totaled $545.6 million, a 9% increase over 2005 new orders of $500.1 million and a 25% increase over new orders received in 2004. The increase is mainly due to our new acquisitions, which accounted for $29.5 million in incremental new orders during 2006, and a 40% increase in new orders for our coker valve products to the oil and gas industry. Partially offsetting these increases were lower orders from the U.S. Navy in 2006 compared to 2005.
Our Flow Control segment reported sales of $466.5 million for 2005, a 20% increase over 2004 sales of $388.1 million. The sales increase was achieved through organic sales growth of 8% and full year sales contribution of our 2004 acquisitions of Nova Machine, Trentec, Groquip, and EPD, which contributed $49.0 million in incremental revenue. The organic growth in sales was driven by higher sales to the oil and gas industry of $22.6 million and higher product sales and development work to the defense market of $3.6 million. Coker valve products accounted for approximately 80% of the increased oil and gas market sales due to greater customer acceptance and increased installations, while our other oil and gas valve and field service revenues were higher because of increased maintenance expenditures by refineries worldwide. Higher valve sales to the U.S. Navy of $8.3 million were driven by strong demand for our JP-5 jet fuel transfer valves and ball valves used on Nimitz-class aircraft carriers and Virginia-class submarines, respectively. Electronic instrumentation and digital signal processing card sales on naval platforms increased $7.4 million in 2005 as compared to 2004. These increased sales to the U.S. Navy were partially offset by anticipated lower revenues from electro-mechanical products because of timing of major programs. Revenues from pump production decreased $26.3 million in 2005 as compared to 2004 due to completion of Los Angeles and Virginia class submarine production pump contracts and development prototype programs, such as for the CVN-21 aircraft carrier, and were partially offset by sales for development work on the U.S. Army’s electromagnetic gun, which increased $10.7 million, and sales of generators which increased $4.8 million. In addition, foreign currency translation favorably impacted this segment’s sales by $1.2 million in 2005 compared to 2004.
Page 33

Operating income for 2005 was $54.5 million, an increase of 23% over 2004 operating income of $44.5 million. The base business operating income grew 10% organically for the full year ended December 31, 2005, while the 2004 acquisitions contributed an additional $3.4 million of incremental operating income in 2005. The improvement in operating income of base businesses was driven primarily by higher sales volume. Factors impacting the comparison of the 2005 base businesses against 2004 include increased sales and margins from our oil and gas products, notably record orders for our coker valves and the higher margin field service and repairs business. In addition, the operating income benefit from the higher overall volume to the U.S. Navy was partially offset by unfavorable mix within our electronic products and lower margin development work performed in anticipation of follow-on production orders with the U.S. Army. Higher raw material costs, such as the cost of steel, and higher administrative infrastructure costs have adversely impacted our operating margins. In addition, foreign currency translation favorably impacted operating income by $0.2 million in 2005 as compared to 2004.
Motion Control
Our Motion Control segment reported sales of $509.5 million for 2006, a 10% increase over 2005 sales of $465.5 million. The sales increase was achieved mainly through organic sales growth of 8% and a full year of sales contribution related to our 2005 acquisition, Indal, which included $5.9 million of incremental revenue. The increase in organic sales was driven mainly by higher sales to the commercial aerospace market of $27.6 million and higher sales to the military markets of $18.9 million, which was partially offset by a decrease in sales to the general industrial market of $5.7 million. The growth in the commercial aerospace market was mainly related to an increase of $20.2 million in commercial aerospace OEM market sales. The OEM sales were driven largely by increased sales of $9.3 million for content on the Boeing 700 series platforms, due mainly to an increase in ship-sets and new programs, and $9.5 million of sensors and components, due mainly to new customer programs, expansion of existing product lines, and new products, such as the recently approved Eclipse aircraft. Commercial aerospace aftermarket sales increased $7.4 million from prior year, with $4.0 million attributable to the repair and overhaul business as conditions improve in the industry. The remaining increase was due to higher spares sales of $3.4 million, mainly related to improving conditions in the industry. There was also an increase in sales of sensor products which was mainly related to smoke detection devices and flight recorders due to improved general economic conditions. Higher sales to the military were driven by a $25.2 million increase in sales to the defense ground market. Higher sales of our embedded computing products of $14.9 million used on various ground defense vehicles were driven by war-related orders of additional spares and resets for the Bradley Fighting Vehicle, new production orders for the Armored Security Vehicle, and additional orders from other military programs. The remaining change was caused by growth in sales of our ruggedized military ground vehicle subsystems to be used on the Future Combat System program. These improvements were partially offset by a $7.5 million reduction in the defense aerospace market. The decrease is attributable to lower sales of airborne sensor products of $7.6 million resulting from the completion of contracts and lower sales for electronic communication devices of $3.5 million due to reduced customer demand, partially offset by stronger orders for various helicopter programs, especially for the Blackhawk. The defense navy market remained relatively flat from 2005, while a $6.9 million reduction to the other government agencies related mainly to the completion of the manned space flight contracts. Partially offsetting these improvements were lower sales of other sensor and controller products to the general industrial market of $5.7 million. The decrease is primarily due to lower sales of controller products of $3.1 million to the European market as a primary customer for these products continued its transition to in-house production.
Operating income for 2006 increased $4.8 million to $55.2 million, an increase of 9% over 2005 operating income of $50.5 million. The base business operating income grew 11% organically for the year ended December 31, 2006, while the 2006 acquisition negatively impacted operating income by $0.8 million in 2006 due to delays in timing of their contracts. The improvement in operating income was driven primarily by the higher sales volume, partially offset by an unfavorable mix of sales to the aerospace defense markets. The lower gross margins were associated with increased development work, which derives lower margins and was performed in anticipation of follow-on production orders, investments in new programs which were competitively bid, and slightly higher material costs on the key programs such as the 737 platform. The segment also experienced cost overruns on certain development contracts, the bulk of which related to a fixed price contract for the 767 tanker refueling program. Also negatively impacting gross margins was unfavorable foreign currency translation, as described in more detail below.
Page 34

The lower gross margin percentages did not have as significant an effect on the overall operating margins of the segment as operating costs in 2006 remained flat as compared to 2005. Research and development costs declined $2.9 million because the increased engineering effort was put into development contracts. As a result, these costs are classified as cost of goods sold on the statement of income. Additionally, we are seeing the benefits of integration efforts as redundant research and development activities are consolidated, especially in our embedded computing division. Selling, general, and administrative costs were up 7% over 2005, which includes overcoming the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation and the impact of adopting SFAS 123(R), where the expensing of stock options increased general and administrative expenses by $1.5 million as compared to the prior year period. Operating cost reductions were experienced through business unit integration efforts, as well as significant cost-cutting initiatives implemented during the current year at all facilities. Overall, operating income was negatively impacted by foreign currency translation of $2.4 million despite the favorable impact currency translation had on sales. This is primarily due to certain Canadian operations whose sales are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and, thus, changes in the foreign currency rates directly impact Canadian dollar operating costs with no offsetting effect on sales.
Backlog at December 31, 2006, was $438.6 million compared with $374.5 million at December 31, 2005, and $229.6 million at December 31, 2004. New orders received in 2006 totaled $563.5 million, up slightly over the 2005 new orders of $562.2 million and a 47% increase over new orders received in 2004. The timing of strong orders for our embedded computing and sensors and controls products were mostly offset by lower orders for our mechanical actuator products.
Our Motion Control segment reported sales of $465.5 million for 2005, a 20% increase over 2004 sales of $388.6 million. The higher sales largely reflect the contributions of our 2005 acquisition of Indal, and the full year contributions of our 2004 acquisitions of Dy 4, Synergy, and Primagraphics. The 2005 incremental sales associated with these acquisitions amounted to $49.9 million. Organic sales increased 7%. Sales in the base business were driven by several factors, including a $7.4 million increase in commercial aerospace OEM market sales. Commercial aerospace OEM sales were driven largely by increased demand for our actuation systems content on the Boeing 737 platform and increased sales of sensors and components. Commercial aerospace aftermarket sales increased $8.8 million during the period, with $4.3 million of that increase in our repair and overhaul business, driven by improving conditions in the commercial airline industry, while spares sales contributed an additional $4.0 million. The remaining change in our commercial markets was highlighted by $3.4 million of higher controller product sales for use in general industrial applications, which was partially offset by the expiration of a tilting train drive systems project in Europe, which contributed $3.7 million in sales in 2004. We also experienced a $3.2 million sales increase in the defense aerospace market, driven by production work on the new AN-APR39 radar warning system for use on various helicopter programs, along with strong sales increases in ruggedized embedded computing. Remaining sales to the military aerospace market were essentially flat as increased ship set production of our actuation systems on the F-22 aircraft were offset by lower sales of F-16 spares. Sales to the ground defense market were up $1.6 million, as higher turret drive stabilization systems and mobile gun systems sales were largely offset by lower spares sales for the Bradley Fighting Vehicle. In addition, foreign currency translation negatively impacted sales by $0.1 million in 2005 as compared to 2004.
Operating income for 2005 increased $5.6 million, 12% over 2004. Operating income in our base businesses increased 14%, driven primarily by higher sales volume and related improvements in gross margin. The operating margins in 2005 decreased 80 basis points to 10.8%. Factors impacting the comparison of the 2005 base businesses against 2004 include increased sales and margins from commercial aerospace programs, notably the Boeing 737 and 747 programs, and favorable industry trends in the markets for commercial aftermarket services and spares leading to higher sales and margins, and cost reduction initiatives. Offsetting these increases are the completion of a tilting train drive systems project in Europe and lower F-16 spares orders, both high margin products that contributed favorably in 2004, continuing integration efforts in the embedded computing business, and lower margins associated with development work performed in anticipation of follow-on production orders, the bulk of which related to cost overruns on a fixed price contract for the 767 tanker refueling program.
The 2005 operating margin associated with businesses acquired in 2004 and 2005 was 6.1%, significantly lower than the base businesses; however, we expect our integration efforts will improve these margins in the future. In the current year, our newly acquired businesses’ operating income was impacted by the delay of orders for our naval systems products, which was anticipated to be realized in 2005, the ongoing integration efforts in the embedded computing business, and margin erosion from changes in foreign exchange rates on certain foreign currency denominated contracts for similar products.
Page 35

Metal Treatment
Our Metal Treatment segment reported sales of $224.6 million in 2006, an increase of 13% over 2005 sales of $198.9 million. Organic sales growth of 9% contributed $18.1 million to the increase, while our 2006 acquisition contributed $7.6 million of incremental revenue. The segment experienced organic sales growth in nearly all of its markets, led by increased sales to the commercial aerospace and general industrial markets of $7.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively. Meanwhile, sales to the defense, power generation, and oil and gas markets increased $3.7 million, $2.1 million, and $1.9 million, respectively, offset by a slight decline in sales to the automotive market of $0.7 million as compared to 2005. The sales growth to the commercial aerospace market was driven by customer production requirements for shot peen forming services, primarily on wing components on the Airbus family of aircraft, coatings services for engine components on Boeing aircraft, and other peening and coating services on various OEMs. Increased sales of our heat treating services drove the organic growth in the general industrial market while sales increases in the defense, power generation, and oil and gas markets were driven primarily by sales of our shot peening services, due primarily to the continued strengthening of the economy. The slight decline in sales to the automotive market was due to lower demand of our shot peening services in North America partially offset by increased European demand. In addition, foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on sales of $1.3 million in 2006 compared to 2005.
Operating income for 2006 increased 23% to $42.4 million from $34.5 million during 2005, mainly due to higher sales volume. The base businesses increased 21% while the acquisition made in 2006 generated incremental operating income of $0.7 million. Overall, our operating income margin percentage improved 160 basis points mainly as a result of improved gross margins from the higher sales volume, particularly in our heat treating division, in addition to cost overruns on certain shot peening jobs incurred at the end of 2004 and beginning of 2005. The higher gross margins were offset by increased operating expenses, which in the past have remained relatively flat. Selling, general, and administrative costs of the base businesses increased 15% over the prior year period, driven primarily by increased stock-based compensation of $1.1 million associated with the 2006 implementation of SFAS 123(R), increased research and development costs of $0.5 million due to continued development of our laser peening technology, and a normal increase in employee salaries and other operating costs. Foreign currency translation had a nominal positive impact on operating income in 2006 compared to 2005.
Backlog at December 31, 2006 was $2.1 million compared with $1.9 million at December 31, 2005. New orders received in 2006 totaled $225.5 million, a 13% increase from 2005 new orders of $199.0 million and a 26% increase over new orders received in 2004. The increase is mainly due to the improvement in the global economy, which positively impacted the core shot peening business, and the segment’s recent acquisition.
Our Metal Treatment segment reported sales of $198.9 million in 2005, an increase of 12% over 2004 sales of $178.3 million. Organic sales growth of 11% contributed $18.2 million to the increase. The organic growth was due to solid performance in our global shot peening services, which contributed $13.5 million of additional sales mainly in the European commercial aerospace and global automotive markets. Increases in shot peen forming services, primarily on wing components on the Airbus family of aircraft including the A380, and shot peening services on aircraft engines were both driven by customer production requirements. Sales of shot peening services for the automotive industry increased in both Europe and North America by $2.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively, due to favorable overlap of existing and new programs in the first half of 2005, partially offset by decreased volumes from General Motors and Ford in the second half of 2005. Sales of our heat treating and coatings divisions were up $2.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively, over 2004. The increases were derived primarily from the commercial aerospace market, as customer demand for these services on aircraft component parts increased with the continuing recovery of the aerospace market. In 2005, laser peening sales were essentially flat compared to 2004, as we continue to develop applications for this new technology to be used on highly stressed critical components in the turbine engine, aircraft structures, medical implant, and oil and gas markets. The remaining sales increase in 2005 was due to contributions from our 2004 acquisitions, which contributed $1.7 million of incremental sales during 2005. Foreign currency translation had a nominal positive impact on sales in 2005 compared to 2004.
Operating income for 2005 increased 23% to $34.5 million from $28.1 million during 2004, mainly due to higher sales volume. Gross margins improved slightly on the higher sales volume, partially offset by higher energy costs of $2.3 million, primarily in our heat treating division. However, the impact of the greater sales volume was felt most significantly on operating income, which had margins of 17.3% in 2005 compared to 15.8% in 2004. Selling, general, and administrative costs, which are generally fixed in nature, increased only 4% over 2004, contributing to the higher operating income margin percentage. Foreign currency translation had a nominal impact on operating income in 2005 compared to 2004.
Page 36

Corporate and Other Expenses
Non-segment operating costs consist mainly of pension expense associated with the Curtiss-Wright Pension Plans, environmental remediation and administrative expenses, and other income and expense not directly associated with the ongoing performance of the segments. We had non-segment operating costs of $17.5 million, $1.5 million, and $7.1 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
Pension expense associated with the Curtiss-Wright Pension Plans was $6.2 million, $2.0 million and $0.5 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The increase in pension expense in 2006 as compared to 2005 and 2004 is due to a settlement charge resulting from the retirement of a key executive and his subsequent election to receive his pension benefit as a single lump sum payout, special termination benefits offered for a limited period of time to certain employees in the Motion Control segment who were subject to a reduction in workforce, increased service costs due to greater headcount, as well as higher compensation expense, offset by lower interest costs.
Environmental remediation and administration costs represented $0.8 million, $0.8 million, and $5.3 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The higher expense in 2004 was due to a $4.4 million increase in remediation reserve requirements related to the Caldwell Trucking landfill superfund site. In the fourth quarter of 2006, we established a reserve in the amount of $6.5 million to reflect potential liabilities arising from a jury verdict returned against us in a lawsuit filed by a former employee. We also realized a gain of $2.8 million during 2005 on the sale of a former operating property located in Fairfield, New Jersey. In addition, higher unallocated medical costs of $2.0 million associated with the pooling of self-insurance costs accounted for the remaining difference in 2006 as compared to 2005 and 2004.
Interest Expense
Interest expense increased $2.9 million in 2006 compared to 2005. The increase was due to higher interest rates partially offset by lower average outstanding debt. Our average borrowing rate increased 70 basis points in 2006 as compared to 2005 while our average outstanding debt decreased 3% for the comparable periods. Interest expense in 2005 increased $8.0 million from 2004, with higher interest rates accounting for approximately 54% of the increase. The remaining increase was due to higher debt levels associated with the funding of our acquisitions.
Provision for Income Taxes
Our effective tax rates for 2006, 2005, and 2004, are 31.5%, 36.4%, and 34.1%, respectively. Our 2006 effective tax rate included tax benefits of $2.0 million relating to research and development credits from our Canadian operations, the impact of a Canadian tax law change enacted during the second quarter of 2006, which resulted in a $1.6 million favorable adjustment, and the release of a tax reserve associated with the sale of a former facility following the expiration of the statute of limitations, which resulted in a $1.5 million favorable adjustment, net of tax. Our 2005 effective tax rate included a charge of $0.3 million from the repatriation of foreign earnings under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. Our 2004 effective tax rate included nonrecurring benefits totaling $3.4 million resulting primarily from the change in legal structure of one of our subsidiaries and a favorable IRS appeals settlement.
Page 37

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources and Uses of Cash
We derive the majority of our operating cash inflow from receipts on the sale of goods and services and cash outflow for the procurement of materials and labor; cash flow is therefore subject to market fluctuations and conditions. A substantial portion of our business is in the defense sector, which is characterized by long-term contracts. Most of our long-term contracts allow for several billing points (progress or milestone) that provide us with cash receipts as costs are incurred throughout the project rather than upon contract completion, thereby reducing working capital requirements. In some cases, these payments can exceed the costs incurred on a project.
Operating Activities
Our working capital was $330.5 million at December 31, 2006, an increase of $61.5 million from the working capital at December 31, 2005 of $269.0 million. Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 2.1 to 1 at December 31, 2006 and 2.2 to 1 at December 31, 2005. Cash and cash equivalents totaled $124.5 million in the aggregate at December 31, 2006, up from $59.0 million at December 31, 2005. Excluding the impact on cash, working capital decreased $4.0 million, partially due to 2006 acquisitions. Inventory balances rose primarily as a result of a build up for expected increases in sales in 2007 and strategic initiatives to lower turn-around time for deliveries. We also procured additional material to hedge against rising steel prices and the stocking of long lead time materials for new programs. Accounts receivable increased due to higher sales volume as sales in December 2006 were 13% higher than December 2005 offset by strong collection efforts of receivables from certain large projects. Unbilled receivables increased due to an increase in long-term contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method as well as increased contracts for which progress billings do not apply. These increases to inventory and receivables were offset by an increase in deferred revenue resulting from higher advance payments from our customers. We also experienced an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses associated with the build up of inventories and higher accrued compensation.
Our short-term debt was $5.9 million at December 31, 2006 and $0.9 million at December 31, 2005. Our long-term debt was $359.0 million at December 31, 2006, a decrease of $5.0 million from the balance at December 31, 2005. The decrease is a result of a shift in the classification of one of our Industrial Revenue Bonds from long-term debt to short-term debt; the Industrial Revenue Bond was paid on February 1, 2007. Days sales outstanding at December 31, 2006 increased to 48 days from 43 days at December 31, 2005 while inventory turnover decreased to 5.5 turns at December 31, 2006 as compared to 5.6 turns at December 31, 2005.
Cash and cash equivalents totaled $59.0 million in the aggregate at December 31, 2005, up from $41.0 million at December 31, 2004. The increase was primarily due to an increase in cash and cash equivalents following the 2005 Senior Note offering and subsequent pay down of our outstanding debt under our revolving credit facilities. Excluding the impact on cash, working capital increased $38.8 million partially due to our Indal acquisition made in the first quarter of 2005. The remainder of the increase was driven mainly by increases in inventory of $26.9 million and accounts receivables of $21.6 million. Inventory balances rose primarily as a result of build up for expected increases in sales in 2006 and strategic initiatives to lower turn-around time for deliveries. Accounts receivable increased due to the timing of contractual billings and industry cycles, partially offset by collection of receivables from certain large projects outstanding at December 31, 2004. Unbilled receivables increased substantially due to funding and other operational delays by certain customers as well as increased contracts for which progress billings do not apply. Partially offsetting these increases in working capital requirements was an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses associated with the build up of inventories and higher accrued compensation.
Investing Activities
We have acquired twenty-eight businesses since 2001 and expect to continue to seek acquisitions that are consistent with our long-term growth strategy. A combination of cash resources, funds available under our credit agreement, and proceeds from our Senior Notes were utilized to fund our acquisitions, which totaled $39.5 million and $73.1 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. As indicated in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, some of our acquisition agreements contain purchase price adjustments, such as potential earn-out payments and working capital adjustments. During 2006, we made approximately $4.4 million in such payments relative to prior period acquisitions. Additional acquisitions will depend, in part, on the availability of financial resources at a cost of capital that meets our stringent criteria. As such, future acquisitions, if any, may be funded through the use of our cash and
Page 38

cash equivalents, through additional financing available under the credit agreement, or through new financing alternatives.
Our capital expenditures were $40.2 million in 2006, $42.4 million in 2005, and $32.5 million in 2004. Capital expenditures relate primarily to new and replacement machinery and equipment and the expansion of new product lines within the business segments. During 2006, we also expanded the reach of our metal treatment services by adding one new plant in Europe, while in 2005 we relocated one of our flow control facilities to a new and more efficient manufacturing facility.
Financing Activities
On December 1, 2005, we issued $150.0 million of 5.51% Senior Series Notes (the “2005 Notes”). Our 2005 Notes mature on December 1, 2017 and are senior unsecured obligations, equal in right of payment to our existing senior indebtedness. We, at our option, can prepay at any time all or any part of our 2005 Notes, subject to a make-whole payment in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement. In connection with our 2005 Notes, we paid customary fees that have been deferred and are being amortized over the term of our 2005 Notes. We are required under the Note Purchase Agreement to maintain certain financial ratios, the most restrictive of which is a debt to capitalization limit of 60%, and a cross default provision with our other senior indebtedness. As of December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with all covenants.
In November 2005, we unwound our interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts of $20 million and $60 million which were originally put in place to convert a portion of our fixed interest on the $75 million 5.13% Senior Notes and $125 million 5.74% Senior Notes, respectively, to variable rates based on specified spreads over six-month LIBOR. The unwinding of these swap agreements resulted in a net loss of $0.2 million, which has been deferred and is being amortized over the remaining term of the underlying debt.
On September 25, 2003 we issued $200.0 million of Senior Notes (the “2003 Notes”). The 2003 Notes consist of $75.0 million of 5.13% Senior Notes that mature on September 25, 2010 and $125.0 million of 5.74% Senior Notes that mature on September 25, 2013. Our 2003 Notes are senior unsecured obligations and are equal in right of payment to our existing senior indebtedness. We, at our option, can prepay at any time all or any part of our 2003 Notes, subject to a make-whole payment in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement. In connection with our 2003 Notes, we paid customary fees that have been deferred and are being amortized over the terms of the 2003 Notes. We are required under the Note Purchase Agreement to maintain certain financial ratios, the most restrictive of which is a debt to capitalization limit of 60% and a cross default provision with our other senior indebtedness. As of December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with all covenants.
At December 31, 2006, we had a $400 million revolving credit agreement (the “Agreement”) with a group of ten banks. The Agreement expires in 2009. Borrowings under the Agreement bear interest at a floating rate based on market conditions. In addition, our interest rate and level of facility fees are dependent on certain financial ratio levels, as defined in the Agreement. We are subject to annual facility fees on the commitments under the Agreement. In connection with the Agreement, we paid customary transaction fees that have been deferred and are being amortized over the term of the Agreement. We are required under the Agreement to maintain certain financial ratios and meet certain financial tests, the most restrictive of which is a debt to capitalization limit of 55% and a cross default provision with our other senior indebtedness. The Agreement does not contain any subjective acceleration clauses. As of December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with all covenants and had the flexibility to issue additional debt of approximately $542 million without exceeding the covenant limit defined in the Agreement. We would consider other financing alternatives to maintain capital structure balance and ensure compliance with all debt covenants. We did not have any cash borrowings outstanding (excluding letters of credit) under the Agreement at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005. The unused credit available under the Agreement at December 31, 2006 was $362.2 million.
Our industrial revenue bonds, which are collateralized by real estate, were $14.2 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005. The loans outstanding under the 2003 and 2005 Notes, Interest Rate Swaps, Revolving Credit Agreement, and Industrial Revenue Bonds had variable interest rates averaging 5.38% for 2006 and 4.67% for 2005.
Page 39

Future Commitments
Cash generated from operations is considered adequate to meet our operating cash requirements for the upcoming year, including planned capital expenditures of approximately $50 million to $60 million, interest payments of approximately $22 million to $24 million, estimated income tax payments of approximately $50 million to $60 million, dividends of approximately $11 million, pension funding of approximately $5 million to $6 million, and additional working capital requirements. We have approximately $3 million in short-term environmental liabilities, which is management’s estimation of cash requirements for 2006. Additionally, we are committed to potential earn-out payments on seven of our acquisitions dating back to 2001, which are estimated to be between approximately $14 million and $16 million in 2007. There can be no assurance, however, that we will continue to generate cash flow at the current level. If cash generated from operations is not sufficient to support these operating requirements and investing activities, we may be required to reduce capital expenditures, refinance a portion of our existing debt, or obtain additional financing.
In 2007, our capital expenditures are expected to include the construction of new facilities, expansion of facilities to accommodate new product lines, and new machinery and equipment, such as additional investment in our laser peening technology.
The following table quantifies our significant future contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2006:

 	
(In thousands)	 	 	Total	     	 	2007	     	 	2008	     	 	2009	     	 	2010	     	 	2011	     	 	Thereafter	 	
  Debt Principal	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      Repayments (1)	 	$	364,994	 	$	5,874	 	$	62	 	$	64	 	$	75,066	 	$	68	 	$	283,860	 	
  Interest Payments on	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      Fixed Rate Debt	 	 	152,870	 	 	19,288	 	 	19,288	 	 	19,288	 	 	18,254	 	 	15,440	 	 	61,312	 	
  Operating leases	 	 	79,680	 	 	16,895	 	 	15,152	 	 	12,617	 	 	9,947	 	 	7,503	 	 	17,566	 	
Total	 	 	597,544	 	$	42,057	 	$	34,502	 	$	31,969	 	$	103,267	 	$	23,011	 	$	362,738	 	

          	(1)          	Amounts exclude a $0.1 million adjustment to the fair value of long-term debt relating to the Corporation’s interest rate swap agreements that were settled in cash during 2005.	
We do not have material purchase obligations. Most of our raw material purchase commitments are made directly pursuant to specific contract requirements.
We enter into standby letters of credit agreements with financial institutions and customers primarily relating to guarantees of repayment on our Industrial Revenue Bonds, future performance on certain contracts to provide products and services, and to secure advance payments we have received from certain international customers. At December 31, 2006, we had contingent liabilities on outstanding letters of credit due as follows:

 	
(In thousands)	 	 	  Total	          	 	  2007	          	 	  2008	          	 	2009	          	 	2010	          	 	2011	 	          	 	 	Thereafter	 	
Letters of Credit (2)	 	$	  37,814	 	$	  14,059	 	$	  20,723	 	$	2,439	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	 	 	  $	593	 	

          	(2)          	Amounts indicated as thereafter are letters of credit which expire in 2009 under our revolver, but will automatically renew on the date of expiration.	
Critical Accounting Estimates and Policies
Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Preparing consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses. These estimates and assumptions are affected by the application of our accounting policies. Critical accounting policies are those that require application of management’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. We believe that the following are some of the more critical judgment areas in the application of our accounting policies that affect our financial condition and results of operations:
Page 40

Revenue Recognition
The realization of revenue refers to the timing of its recognition in our accounts and is generally considered realized or realizable and earned when the earnings process is substantially complete and all of the following criteria are met: 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; 2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; 3) our price to our customer is fixed or determinable; and 4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
We record sales and related profits on production and service type contracts as units are shipped and title and risk of loss have transferred or as services are rendered. This method is used in our Metal Treatment segment and in some of the business units within the Motion Control and Flow Control segments that serve non-military markets.
For certain contracts in our Flow Control and Motion Control segments that require performance over an extended period before deliveries begin, sales and estimated profits are recorded by applying the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The percentage-of-completion method of accounting is used primarily for our defense contracts and certain long-term commercial contracts. This method recognizes revenue and profit as the contracts progress towards completion. For certain contracts that contain a significant number of performance milestones, as defined by the customer, sales are recorded based upon achievement of these performance milestones. The performance milestone method is an output measure of progress towards completion made in terms of results achieved. For certain fixed price contracts, where none or a limited number of milestones exist, the cost-to-cost method is used, which is an input measure of progress toward completion. Under the cost-to-cost input method, sales and profits are recorded based on the ratio of costs incurred to an estimate of costs at completion. Under our percentage-of-completion methods of accounting, a single estimated total profit margin is used to recognize profit for each contract over its entire period of performance.
Application of percentage-of-completion methods of revenue recognition requires the use of reasonable and dependable estimates of the future material, labor, and overhead costs that will be incurred and a disciplined cost estimating system in which all functions of the business are integrally involved. These estimates are determined based upon industry knowledge and experience of our engineers, project managers, and financial staff. These estimates are significant and reflect changes in cost and operating performance throughout the contract and could have a significant impact on our operating performance. Adjustments to original estimates for contract revenue, estimated costs at completion, and the estimated total profit are often required as work progresses throughout the contract and as experience and more information is obtained, even though the scope of work under the contract may not change. These changes are recorded on a cumulative basis in the period they are determined to be necessary.
Under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are recognized in the period in which the likelihood of such losses are determined. Amounts representing contract change orders are included in revenue only when they can be estimated reliably and their realization is reasonably assured. Certain contracts contain provisions for the redetermination of price and, as such, management defers a portion of the revenue from those contracts until such time as the price has been finalized.
Some of our customers withhold certain amounts from the billings they receive. These retainages are generally not due until the project has been completed and accepted by the customer.
Inventory
Inventory costs include materials, direct labor, and manufacturing overhead costs, which are stated at the lower of cost or market, where market is limited to the net realizable value. We estimate the net realizable value of our inventories and establish reserves to reduce the carrying amount of these inventories to net realizable value, as necessary. We continually evaluate the adequacy of the inventory reserves by reviewing historical scrap rates, on-hand quantities as compared with historical and projected usage levels, and other anticipated contractual requirements. The stated inventory costs are also reflective of the estimates used in applying the percentage-of-completion revenue recognition method.
Page 41

We purchase materials for the manufacture of components for sale. The decision to purchase a set quantity of a particular item is influenced by several factors including: current and projected price, future estimated availability, existing and projected contracts to produce certain items, and the estimated needs for our businesses.
For certain of our long-term contracts, we utilize progress billings, which represent amounts billed to customers prior to the delivery of goods and services and are recorded as a reduction to inventory and receivables. Progress billings are generally based on costs incurred, including direct costs, overhead, and general and administrative costs.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
In consultation with our actuaries, we determine the appropriate assumptions for use in determining the liability for future pension and other postretirement benefits. The most significant of these assumptions include the number of employees who will receive benefits, their tenure, their salary levels, the expected return on plan assets, the discount rates used to determine plan obligations, and the trends in the costs of medical and other health care benefits in the case of the postretirement benefit obligations. Changes in these assumptions, if significant in future years, may have an effect on our pension and postretirement expense, associated pension and postretirement assets and liabilities, and our annual cash requirements to fund these plans.
The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligations of the plans as of December 31, 2006, and the annual periodic costs for 2007 was increased in 2006 to 6.0% for all the U.S. pension plans and the EMD postretirement benefit plan to better reflect current economic conditions. The rate was based on current and future economic indicators. The increase in the discount rate decreased the benefit obligation of the plans. The discount rate for the Curtiss-Wright postretirement benefit plan remained at 5.5% in 2006. The lower rate in comparison to the other plans is because the plan is closed to new entrants, and the expected payouts are shorter in duration than the other plans. We also updated the rate of compensation increase for the pension plans to better reflect the experience over the past years and the Corporation’s expectation of future salary increases. This change caused an increase to the benefit obligation.
The overall expected return on assets assumption is based on a combination of historical performance of the pension fund and expectations of future performance. The historical returns are determined using the market-related value of assets, which is the same value used in the calculation of annual net periodic benefit cost. The market-related value of assets includes the recognition of realized and unrealized gains and losses over a five-year period, which effectively averages the volatility associated with the actual performance of the plan’s assets from year to year. Over the last ten years the market-related value of assets had an average annual yield of 10.2%, whereas the actual returns averaged 9.5% during the same period. We have consistently used the 8.5% rate as a long-term overall average return. Given the uncertainties of the current economic and geopolitical landscapes, we consider the 8.5% rate to be a reasonable assumption of the future long-term investment returns.
The long-term medical trend assumptions start with a current rate that is in line with expectations for the near future, and then grades the rates down over time until it reaches an ultimate rate that is close to expectations for growth in GDP. The reasoning is that medical trends cannot continue to be higher than the rate of GDP growth in the long term. Any change in the expectation of these rates to return to a normal level should have an impact on the amount of expense we recognize.
The timing and amount of future pension income or expense to be recognized each year is dependent on the demographics and expected earnings of the plan participants, the expected interest rates in effect in future years, and the actual and expected investment returns of the assets in the pension trust.
The following table reflects the impact of changes in selected assumptions used to determine the funded status of the Corporation’s pension plans as of December 31, 2006:

 	 	 	 	 	Increase in	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Percentage	 	Benefit	 	Increase in	
Assumption	 	Point Change	 	Obligation	 	Expense	
 	
Discount rate	 	(0.25	%)	 	$	10,361	 	$	889	 	
Rate of compensation increase	 	0.25	%	 	 	  2,420	 	 	566	 	
Expected return on assets	 	(0.25	%)	 	 	      —	 	 	853	 	

Page 42

See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our pension and postretirement plans, including an estimate of future cash contributions.
Environmental Reserves
We provide for environmental reserves on a site by site basis when, in conjunction with internal and external legal counsel, it is determined that a liability is both probable and estimable. In many cases, the liability is not fixed or capped when we first record a liability for a particular site. If only a range of potential liability can be estimated and no amount within the range is more probable than another, a reserve will be established at the low end of that range. At sites involving multiple parties, we accrue environmental liabilities based upon our expected share of the liability, taking into account the financial viability of our other jointly liable partners. Judgment is required when we make assumptions and estimate costs expected to be incurred for environmental remediation activities because of, among other factors, difficulties in assessing the extent and type of environmental remediation to be performed, the impact of complex environmental regulations and remediation technologies, and agreements between potentially responsible parties to share in the cost of remediation. In estimating the future liability and continually evaluating the sufficiency of such liabilities, we weigh certain factors including our participation percentage due to a settlement by or bankruptcy of other potentially responsible parties, a change in the environmental laws requiring more stringent requirements, an increase or decrease in the estimated time required to remediate, a change in the estimate of future costs that will be incurred to remediate the site, and changes in technology related to environmental remediation. We do not believe that continued compliance with environmental laws applicable to our operations will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operation. However, given the level of judgment and estimation used in the recording of environmental reserves, it is reasonably possible that materially different amounts could be recorded if different assumptions were used or if circumstances were to change, such as environmental regulations or remediation solution remedies.
As of December 31, 2006, our environmental reserves totaled $23.7 million, the majority of which is long term. Approximately 75% of the environmental reserves represent the current value of our anticipated remediation costs and are not discounted primarily due to the uncertainty of timing of expenditures. The remaining environmental reserves are discounted to reflect the time value of money since the amount and timing of cash payments for the liability are reasonably determinable. We use a discount rate of 4%, which approximates an amount at which the environmental liability could be settled in an arm’s length transaction with a third party. All environmental reserves exclude any potential recovery from insurance carriers or third-party legal actions.
Purchase Accounting
We apply the purchase method of accounting to our acquisitions. Under this method, the purchase price, including any capitalized acquisition costs, is allocated to the underlying tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair market values, with any excess recorded as goodwill. We determine the fair values of such assets and liabilities, generally in consultation with third-party valuation advisors. Such fair value assessments require significant judgments and estimates such as projected cash flows, discount rates, royalty rates, and remaining useful lives that can differ materially from actual results. The fair value of assets acquired (net of cash) and liabilities assumed of our 2006 acquisitions were estimated to be $42.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively. The initial fair values assigned to certain of these acquisitions are preliminary and may be revised prior to finalization, which is to be completed within a reasonable period, generally within one year of acquisition.
Goodwill
We have $411.1 million in goodwill as of December 31, 2006. The recoverability of goodwill is subject to an annual impairment test based on the estimated fair value of the underlying businesses. Additionally, goodwill is tested for impairment when an event occurs or if circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. These estimated fair values are based on estimates of future cash flows of the businesses. Factors affecting these future cash flows include the continued market acceptance of the products and services offered by the businesses, the development of new products and services by the businesses and the underlying cost of development, the future cost structure of the businesses, and future technological changes. Estimates are also used for the Corporation’s cost of capital in discounting the projected future cash flows. If it has been determined that impairment has occurred, we may be required to recognize an impairment of our asset, which would be limited to the difference between the book value of the asset and its fair value. Any such impairment would be recognized in full in the reporting period in which it has been identified.
Page 43

Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets are generally the result of acquisitions and consist primarily of purchased technology, customer related intangibles, and trademarks. Intangible assets are recorded at their fair values as determined through purchase accounting. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized ratably to match their cash flow streams over their estimated useful lives, which range from 1 to 20 years, while indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually based on the discounted future cash flows. Additionally, we review the recoverability of all intangible assets, including the related useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount might not be recoverable. We would record any impairment in the reporting period in which it has been identified.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 (“SFAS No. 155”). SFAS No. 155 permits a fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation. This accounting standard is effective as of the beginning of fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The Corporation does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operation or financial condition.
In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“SFAS No. 156”). SFAS No. 156 requires that servicing assets and servicing liabilities be recognized at fair value, if practicable, when the Corporation enters into a servicing agreement and allows two alternatives, the amortization and fair value measurement methods, as subsequent measurement methods. This accounting standard is effective for all new transactions occurring as of the beginning of fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The Corporation does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operation or financial condition.
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Corporation will adopt FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, as required. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded in retained earnings and other accounts as applicable. We are evaluating our tax positions and anticipate that the adoption of FIN 48 will not have a significant impact on our results of operations.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (“SFAS No. 158”). This Statement requires companies to recognize a net liability or asset to report the funded status of their defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans (“the Plans”). The recognition of a net asset or liability will require an offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) in shareholders’ equity. SFAS No. 158 will not change how the Plans are accounted for and reported in the income statement. Therefore, the amounts to be recognized in AOCI will be the unrecognized gains/losses, prior service costs/credits, and transition assets/obligations, which will continue to be amortized under the existing guidance as net periodic pension cost in the income statement. Companies are required to initially recognize the funded status and provide the required disclosures beginning for fiscal year ends after December 15, 2006. The net impact on the December 31, 2006 balance sheet is to increase prepaid pension costs by $21.1 million, increase other current liabilities $2.3 million, reduce accrued pension and postretirement benefit costs by $4.9 million, increase deferred tax liabilities by $9.0 million, with the offset increasing stockholders’ equity by $14.7 million. Additionally, for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008, SFAS 158 will require companies to measure the plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year end, however earlier adoption of the measurement date provisions is encouraged. The Corporation currently utilizes measurement dates of September 30 and October 31 for its various Plans. The Corporation does not anticipate the change in the fiscal year end measurement date to have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operation or financial condition.
Page 44

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
We are exposed to certain market risks from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates as a result of our global operating and financing activities. We seek to minimize any material risks from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations through our normal operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. We do not use such instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. We used forward foreign currency contracts to manage our currency rate exposures during the year ended December 31, 2006. Information regarding our accounting policy on financial instruments is contained in Note 1-K to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The market risk for a change in interest rates relates primarily to our debt obligations. Our interest rate exposure was 96% fixed at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005. The variable rates on the Industrial Revenue Bonds are based on market rates. As of December 31, 2006, a change in interest rates of 1% would have an impact on consolidated interest expense of approximately $0.1 million. Information regarding our 2005 and 2003 Notes, Revolving Credit Agreement, and Interest Rates Swaps is contained in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Financial instruments expose us to counter-party credit risk for non-performance and to market risk for changes in interest and foreign currency rates. We manage exposure to counter-party credit risk through specific minimum credit standards, diversification of counter-parties, and procedures to monitor concentrations of credit risk. We monitor the impact of market risk on the fair value and cash flows of our investments by investing primarily in investment grade interest bearing securities, which have short-term maturities. We attempt to minimize possible changes in interest and currency exchange rates to amounts that are not material to our consolidated results of operations and cash flows.
Our acquisitions of Indal, Dy 4, and Novatronics have increased our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related primarily to the Canadian dollar. We currently have a hedging program in place to mitigate the Canadian dollar foreign currency risk. Although the majority of our sales, expenses, and cash flows are transacted in U.S. dollars, we do have some market risk exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily as it relates to the value of the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar, the British pound, the euro, and the Swiss franc. Any significant change in the value of the currencies of those countries in which we do business against the U.S. dollar could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We seek to minimize the risk from these foreign currency fluctuations principally through invoicing our customers in the same currency as the functional currency of the revenue producing entity. However, our efforts to minimize these risks may not be successful. If foreign exchange rates were to collectively weaken or strengthen against the dollar by 10%, net earnings would have been reduced or increased, respectively, by approximately $5 million as it relates exclusively to foreign currency exchange rate exposures.
Page 45

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
  For the years ended December 31, (In thousands, except per share data)	 	 	2006	 	     	 	2005	 	     	 	2004	 	
 	
  Net sales	 	$	1,282,155	 	 	$	1,130,928	 	 	$	955,039	 	
  Cost of sales	 	 	851,076	 	 	 	740,416	 	 	 	624,536	 	
 	
  Gross profit	 	 	431,079	 	 	 	390,512	 	 	 	330,503	 	
  Research and development costs	 	 	(38,841	)	 	 	(39,681	)	 	 	(33,825	)	
  Selling expenses	 	 	(76,547	)	 	 	(69,687	)	 	 	(61,648	)	
  General and administrative expenses	 	 	(173,734	)	 	 	(144,982	)	 	 	(118,270	)	
  Environmental remediation and administrative expenses	 	 	(843	)	 	 	(818	)	 	 	(5,285	)	
  (Loss) gain on sale of real estate and fixed assets	 	 	(486	)	 	 	2,638	 	 	 	(1,134	)	
  Operating income	 	 	140,628	 	 	 	137,982	 	 	 	110,341	 	
  Interest expense	 	 	(22,894	)	 	 	(19,983	)	 	 	(12,031	)	
  Other (expense) income, net	 	 	(112	)	 	 	299	 	 	 	443	 	
 	
  Earnings before income taxes	 	 	117,622	 	 	 	118,298	 	 	 	98,753	 	
  Provision for income taxes	 	 	(37,053	)	 	 	(43,018	)	 	 	(33,687	)	
            Net earnings	 	$	80,569	 	 	$	75,280	 	 	$	65,066	 	
  Net earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
            Basic earnings per share	 	$	1.84	 	 	$	1.74	 	 	$	1.53	 	
            Diluted earnings per share	 	$	1.82	 	 	$	1.72	 	 	$	1.51	 	

Shares and per share amounts have been adjusted on a pro forma basis for the April 21, 2006 2-for-1 stock split as further described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.
     See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Page 46

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS	 	 	 	 	     	 	 	 	
At December 31, (In thousands)	 	 	2006	 	 	 	2005	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	124,517	 	 	$	59,021	 	
        Receivables, net	 	 	284,774	 	 	 	244,689	 	
        Inventories, net	 	 	161,528	 	 	 	146,297	 	
        Deferred tax assets, net	 	 	32,485	 	 	 	28,844	 	
        Other current assets	 	 	19,341	 	 	 	11,615	 	
                    Total current assets	 	 	622,645	 	 	 	490,466	 	
 	
Property, plant, and equipment, net	 	 	296,652	 	 	 	274,821	 	
Prepaid pension costs	 	 	92,262	 	 	 	76,002	 	
Goodwill	 	 	411,101	 	 	 	388,158	 	
Other intangible assets, net	 	 	158,080	 	 	 	158,267	 	
Other assets	 	 	11,416	 	 	 	12,571	 	
                    Total assets	 	$	1,592,156	 	 	$	1,400,285	 	
 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        Short-term debt	 	$	5,874	 	 	$	885	 	
        Accounts payable	 	 	96,023	 	 	 	80,460	 	
        Accrued expenses	 	 	81,532	 	 	 	74,252	 	
        Income taxes payable	 	 	23,003	 	 	 	22,855	 	
        Deferred revenue	 	 	57,305	 	 	 	21,634	 	
        Other current liabilities	 	 	28,388	 	 	 	21,417	 	
                    Total current liabilities	 	 	292,125	 	 	 	221,503	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	359,000	 	 	 	364,017	 	
Deferred tax liabilities, net	 	 	57,055	 	 	 	53,570	 	
Accrued pension and other postretirement benefit costs	 	 	71,006	 	 	 	74,999	 	
Long-term portion of environmental reserves	 	 	21,220	 	 	 	22,645	 	
Other liabilities	 	 	29,676	 	 	 	25,331	 	
                    Total liabilities	 	 	830,082	 	 	 	762,065	 	
 	
Contingencies and Commitments (Notes 10, 13, 15, & 17)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ Equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	
Common stock, $1 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2006	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      and 2005; 47,533,294 and 25,493,442 shares issued at December 31, 2006 and	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      2005, respectively; outstanding shares were 44,023,410 at December 31, 2006 and	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      21,746,362 at December 31, 2005	 	 	47,533	 	 	 	25,493	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	69,887	 	 	 	59,794	 	
Retained earnings	 	 	716,030	 	 	 	667,892	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive income	 	 	55,806	 	 	 	20,655	 	
 	 	 	889,256	 	 	 	773,834	 	
Less:           Common treasury stock, at cost (3,509,884 shares at December 31,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                2006 and 3,747,080 shares at December 31, 2005)	 	 	(127,182	)	 	 	(135,614	)	
                  Total stockholders’ equity	 	 	762,074	 	 	 	638,220	 	
                  Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	$	1,592,156	 	 	$	1,400,285	 	

      See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Page 47

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the years ended December 31, (In thousands)	 	 	2006	 	     	 	2005	 	     	 	2004	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings	 	$	80,569	 	 	$	75,280	 	 	$	65,066	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
   activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        Depreciation and amortization	 	 	50,791	 	 	 	47,851	 	 	 	40,742	 	
        Net loss (gain) on sales and disposals of real estate and equipment	 	 	486	 	 	 	(2,638	)	 	 	1,134	 	
        Deferred income taxes	 	 	(11,419	)	 	 	141	 	 	 	(3,500	)	
        Stock based compensation	 	 	6,621	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
        Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of businesses acquired:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                  Increase in receivables	 	 	(20,489	)	 	 	(21,558	)	 	 	(39,875	)	
                  (Increase) decrease in inventories	 	 	(11,245	)	 	 	(26,908	)	 	 	7,578	 	
                  (Decrease) increase in progress payments	 	 	(7,024	)	 	 	9,815	 	 	 	(4,338	)	
                  Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses	 	 	15,643	 	 	 	22,976	 	 	 	19,785	 	
                  Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue	 	 	32,647	 	 	 	(8,049	)	 	 	4,849	 	
                  Increase in income taxes payable	 	 	1,207	 	 	 	11,266	 	 	 	8,403	 	
                  (Increase) decrease in net pension and postretirement assets	 	 	2,982	 	 	 	(3,813	)	 	 	5,054	 	
                  Increase in other current and long-term assets	 	 	(2,667	)	 	 	(912	)	 	 	(1,830	)	
                  Increase in other current and long-term liabilities	 	 	5,769	 	 	 	1,727	 	 	 	2,279	 	
                  Total adjustments	 	 	63,302	 	 	 	29,898	 	 	 	40,281	 	
                  Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	143,871	 	 	 	105,178	 	 	 	105,347	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from sales and disposals of real estate and equipment	 	 	776	 	 	 	11,268	 	 	 	1,192	 	
Acquisition of intangible assets	 	 	(1,664	)	 	 	(5,086	)	 	 	(2,100	)	
Additions to property, plant, and equipment	 	 	(40,202	)	 	 	(42,444	)	 	 	(32,452	)	
Acquisition of new businesses, net of cash acquired	 	 	(39,522	)	 	 	(73,111	)	 	 	(247,402	)	
                  Net cash used for investing activities	 	 	(80,612	)	 	 	(109,373	)	 	 	(280,762	)	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Borrowings of debt	 	 	240,000	 	 	 	655,000	 	 	 	624,106	 	
Principal payments on debt	 	 	(240,058	)	 	 	(630,327	)	 	 	(508,025	)	
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	 	 	8,616	 	 	 	8,492	 	 	 	7,458	 	
Dividends paid	 	 	(10,538	)	 	 	(8,458	)	 	 	(7,666	)	
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	 	 	1,885	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
                  Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities	 	 	(95	)	 	 	24,707	 	 	 	115,873	 	
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash	 	 	2,332	 	 	 	(2,529	)	 	 	1,908	 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	65,496	 	 	 	17,983	 	 	 	(57,634	)	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	 	 	59,021	 	 	 	41,038	 	 	 	98,672	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	 	$	124,517	 	 	$	59,021	 	 	$	41,038	 	
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        Fair value of assets acquired from current year acquisitions	 	$	42,417	 	 	$	88,578	 	 	$	303,041	 	
        Additional consideration on prior year acquisitions	 	 	4,546	 	 	 	8,618	 	 	 	3,027	 	
        Fair value of Common stock issued as consideration for acquisitions	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(14,000	)	
        Liabilities assumed from current year acquisitions	 	 	(7,424	)	 	 	(23,863	)	 	 	(42,331	)	
        Cash acquired	 	 	(17	)	 	 	(222	)	 	 	(2,335	)	
                  Acquisition of new businesses, net of cash acquired	 	$	39,522	 	 	$	73,111	 	 	$	247,402	 	

      See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Page 48

          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Class B	 	 	 	Additional	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Common	 	 	 	Common	 	 	 	Paid in	 	 	 	Retained	 	 	 	Comprehensive	 	 	 	Comprehensive	 	 	 	Treasury	 	
(In thousands)	 	 	Stock	     	 	 	Stock	 	     	 	Capital	 	     	 	Earnings	 	     	 	Income (Loss)	 	     	 	Income	 	     	 	Stock	 	
 	
January 1, 2004	 	$	16,611	 	$	 	8,765	 	 	$	52,943	 	 	$	543,670	 	 	$	22,634	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(165,742	)	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
    Net earnings	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	65,066	 	 	 	-	 	 	$	65,066	 	 	 	-	 	
    Translation adjustments, net	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	14,163	 	 	 	14,163	 	 	 	-	 	
Total comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	79,229	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividends paid	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	(7,666	)	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	
Stock options exercised, net	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	(1,748	)	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	11,345	 	
Stock issued under employee stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      purchase plan, net	 	 	35	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	1,358	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	
Equity issued in connection with	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      acquisitions	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	3,259	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	10,741	 	
Other	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	39	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	141	 	
December 31, 2004	 	$	16,646	 	$	 	8,765	 	 	$	55,851	 	 	$	601,070	 	 	$	36,797	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(143,515	)	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
    Net earnings	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	75,280	 	 	 	-	 	 	$	75,280	 	 	 	-	 	
    Translation adjustments, net	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	(16,142	)	 	 	(16,142	)	 	 	-	 	
    Total comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	59,138	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividends paid	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	(8,458	)	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	
Stock options exercised, net	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	42	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	7,721	 	
Stock issued under employee stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      purchase plan, net	 	 	82	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	3,863	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	
Recapitalization	 	 	8,765	 	 	 	(8,765	)	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	
Other	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	38	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	180	 	
December 31, 2005	 	$	25,493	 	 	 	-	 	 	$	59,794	 	 	$	667,892	 	 	$	20,655	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(135,614	)	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
    Net earnings	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	80,569	 	 	 	-	 	 	$	80,569	 	 	 	-	 	
    Minimum pension liability	 	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      adjustment, net	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	(1,750	)	 	 	(1,750	)	 	 	-	 	
    Translation adjustments, net	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	22,215	 	 	 	22,215	 	 	 	-	 	
    Total comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	101,034	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjustment for initial application of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      FAS 158, net	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	14,686	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	
Dividends paid	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	(10,538	)	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	
Stock options exercised, net	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	(1,521	)	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	8,021	 	
Stock issued under employee stock	 	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      purchase plan, net	 	 	147	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	4,483	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	
Two-for-one common stock split	 	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      effected in the form of a 100%	 	 	21,893	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	(21,893	)	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	
      stock dividend	 	 		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock based compensation	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	6,480	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	141	 	
Other	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	651	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	270	 	
December 31, 2006	 	$	47,533	 	 	 	-	 	 	$	69,887	 	 	$	716,030	 	 	$	55,806	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(127,182	)	

      See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Page 49

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Curtiss-Wright Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Corporation”) is a diversified multinational manufacturing and service company that designs, manufactures, and overhauls precision components and systems and provides highly engineered products and services to the aerospace, defense, automotive, shipbuilding, processing, oil, petrochemical, agricultural equipment, railroad, power generation, security, and metalworking industries. Operations are conducted through 35 manufacturing facilities, 59 metal treatment service facilities, and 2 aerospace component overhaul and repair locations.
A. Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Curtiss-Wright and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.
B. Use of Estimates
The financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the accompanying financial statements. The most significant of these estimates include the estimate of costs to complete long-term contracts under the percentage-of-completion accounting methods, the estimate of useful lives for property, plant, and equipment, cash flow estimates used for testing the recoverability of assets, pension plan and postretirement obligation assumptions, estimates for inventory obsolescence, estimates for the valuation and useful lives of intangible assets, warranty reserves, and the estimate of future environmental costs. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
C. Revenue Recognition
The realization of revenue refers to the timing of its recognition in the accounts of the Corporation and is generally considered realized or realizable and earned when the earnings process is substantially complete and all of the following criteria are met: 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; 2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; 3) the Corporation’s price to its customer is fixed or determinable; and 4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
The Corporation records sales and related profits on production and service type contracts as units are shipped and title and risk of loss have transferred or as services are rendered, net of estimated returns and allowances. Sales and estimated profits under certain long-term contracts are recognized under the percentage-of-completion methods of accounting, whereby profits are recorded pro rata, based upon current estimates of direct and indirect costs to complete such contracts. In addition, the Corporation also records sales under certain long-term government fixed price contracts upon achievement of performance milestones as specified in the related contracts. Losses on contracts are provided for in the period in which the losses become determinable. Revisions in profit estimates are reflected on a cumulative basis in the period in which the basis for such revision becomes known. The excess of the billings over cost and estimated earnings on long-term contracts is included in deferred revenue.
D. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of money market funds and commercial paper that are readily convertible into cash, all with original maturity dates of three months or less.
E. Inventory
Inventories are stated at lower of production cost (principally average cost) or market. Production costs are comprised of direct material and labor and applicable manufacturing overhead.
Page 50

F. Progress Payments
Certain long-term contracts provide for the interim billings as costs are incurred on the respective contracts. Pursuant to contract provisions, agencies of the U.S. Government and other customers are granted title or a secured interest in the unbilled costs included in unbilled receivables and materials and work-in-process included in inventory to the extent of progress payments. Accordingly, these progress payments received have been reported as a reduction of unbilled receivables and inventories, as presented in Notes 3 and 4.
G. Property, Plant, and Equipment
Property, plant, and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Major renewals and betterments are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the life of the asset are expensed in the period they are incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the respective assets.
Average useful lives for property, plant, and equipment are as follows:

Buildings and improvements	5 to 40 years	
Machinery, equipment, and other     	3 to 15 years	

H. Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are generally the result of acquisitions and consist primarily of purchased technology, customer related intangibles, trademarks and service marks, and technology licenses. Definite lived intangible assets are amortized ratably to match their cash flow streams over their estimated useful lives, which range from 1 to 20 years, while indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized. Indefinite lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually based on the discounted future cash flows. See Note 7 for further information on other intangible assets.
I. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Corporation reviews the recoverability of all long-term assets, including the related useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset might not be recoverable. If required, the Corporation compares the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset’s carrying value to determine whether there has been an impairment. If an asset is considered impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is based either on discounted cash flows or appraised values in the period the impairment becomes known. There were no such write-downs in 2006, 2005, or 2004.
J. Goodwill
Goodwill results from business acquisitions. The Corporation accounts for business acquisitions by allocating the purchase price to tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their fair values, and the excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated is recorded as goodwill. The recoverability of goodwill is subject to an annual impairment test or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not result in an impairment. The impairment test is based on the estimated fair value of the underlying businesses. Goodwill impairment tests performed as of October 31, 2006 and July 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 concluded that no impairment charges were required as of those dates. See Note 6 for further information on goodwill.
K. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 107, Disclosure About Fair Value of Financial Instruments , requires certain disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments. Due to the short maturities of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, the net book value of these financial instruments is deemed to approximate fair value.
Page 51

The estimated fair values of the Corporation’s fixed rate debt instruments at December 31, 2006 aggregated $350.8 million compared to a carrying value of $349.9 million. The carrying amount of the variable interest rate debt approximates fair value because the interest rates are reset periodically to reflect current market conditions. Fair values for the Corporation’s fixed rate debt were estimated by management.
The fair values described above may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, the use of different methodologies to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
L. Research and Development
The Corporation funds research and development programs for commercial products and independent research and development and bid and proposal work related to government contracts. Development costs include engineering and field support for new customer requirements. Corporation-sponsored research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
Research and development costs associated with customer-sponsored programs are charged to inventory and are recorded in cost of sales when products are delivered or services performed. Funds received under shared development contracts are a reduction of the total development expenditures under the shared contract and are shown net as research and development costs.
M. Environmental Costs
The Corporation establishes a reserve for a potential environmental remediation liability on a site by site basis when it concludes that a determination of legal liability is probable and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated based on current law and existing technologies. Such amounts, if quantifiable, reflect the Corporation’s estimate of the amount of that liability. If only a range of potential liability can be estimated and no amount within the range is more probable than another, a reserve will be established at the low end of that range. At sites involving multiple parties, the Corporation accrues environmental liabilities based upon its expected share of the liability, taking into account the financial viability of other jointly liable partners. Such reserves, which are reviewed quarterly, are adjusted as assessment and remediation efforts progress or as additional information becomes available. Approximately 75% of the Corporation’s environmental reserves as of December 31, 2006 represent the current value of anticipated remediation costs and are not discounted primarily due to the uncertainty of timing of expenditures. The remaining environmental reserves are discounted to reflect the time value of money since the amount and timing of cash payments for the liability are reliably determinable. All environmental reserves exclude any potential recovery from insurance carriers or third-party legal actions.
N. Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Corporation applied the intrinsic value method of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations in accounting for stock-based employee awards as allowed under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”). Accordingly, the Corporation did not recognize compensation expense for the issuance of non-qualified share options with an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant or for options granted under the employee stock purchase plan. As the requisite service period for performance shares, restricted stock units, and performance restricted shares did not begin until after January 1, 2006, no compensation cost was recorded in prior periods. Effective January 1, 2006, the Corporation adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”) using the modified prospective transition method and therefore has not restated prior periods. Under this transition method, compensation cost associated with employee stock options recognized in 2006 includes compensation expense related to the remaining unvested portion of non-qualified share options granted prior to January 1, 2006. See Note 12 for further information on this standard.
Page 52

O. Capital Stock
On February 7, 2006, the Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend. The split, in the form of 1 share of Common stock for each share of Common stock outstanding was payable on April 21, 2006. To effectuate the stock split, the Corporation issued 21.9 million shares of Common stock, at $1.00 par value from capital surplus, with a corresponding reduction in retained earnings of $21.9 million. Accordingly, all references throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K to number of shares, per share amounts, stock options data, and market prices of the Corporation’s common stock have been adjusted to reflect the effect of the stock split for all periods presented, where applicable.
On May 24, 2005, the Corporation completed a recapitalization that resulted in the combination of the Corporation’s two classes of common stock into a single new class by converting all outstanding shares of Common stock and Class B common stock into a single new class of common stock. The recapitalization was accomplished through a merger of a wholly owned subsidiary into the Corporation, in which the outstanding shares of Common stock and Class B common stock were exchanged for shares of the single class of Common stock. The relative ownership of the Corporation’s new class of Common stock was the same immediately after the merger as it was immediately prior.
In addition to the recapitalization, in May 2005, shareholders approved a proposal to increase the number of shares of Common stock authorized for issuance from 45 million shares to 100 million shares.
The Corporation is authorized to repurchase 900,000 shares under its existing stock repurchase program. Purchases are authorized to be made from time to time in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, depending on market and other conditions, whenever management believes that the market price of the stock does not adequately reflect the true value of the Corporation and, therefore, represents an attractive investment opportunity. The shares are held at cost and reissuance is recorded at the weighted-average cost. Through December 31, 2006, the Corporation had repurchased 210,930 shares under this program. There was no stock repurchased during 2006, 2005, and 2004.
P. Earnings Per Share
The Corporation is required to report both basic earnings per share (“EPS”), based on the weighted-average number of Common and Class B shares outstanding, and diluted earnings per share, based on the basic EPS adjusted for all potentially dilutive shares issuable. The calculation of EPS is disclosed in Note 11.
Q. Income Taxes
The Corporation applies SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS No. 109”). Under the asset and liability method of SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws is recognized in the results of operations in the period the new laws are enacted. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized.
The Corporation will also apply FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 provides guidance on the recognition, measurement, accounting, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. This Interpretation is effective as of January 1, 2007. See Note 9 for additional information on the effect of FIN 48 on the Corporation.
R. Foreign Currency Translation
For operations outside the United States of America that prepare financial statements in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the Corporation translates assets and liabilities at period-end exchange rates and income statement amounts using weighted-average exchange rates for the period. The cumulative effect of translation adjustments is presented as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity. This balance is affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and by the acquisition of foreign entities. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in results of operations.
Page 53

S. Derivatives
The Corporation has used interest rate swaps and forward foreign currency contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on a portion of its fixed rate debt instruments and foreign currency rates at its foreign subsidiaries. The foreign currency contracts are marked to market with changes in the fair value reported in income in the period of change. In November 2005, the Corporation unwound the interest rate swap agreements. While the interest rate swap agreements were in effect, they were accounted for as fair value hedges. The interest rate swaps were recorded at fair value on the balance sheet within other non-current assets with changes in fair value recorded currently in earnings. Additionally, the carrying amount of the associated debt was adjusted through earnings for changes in fair value due to change in interest rates. Ineffectiveness was to be recognized to the extent that these two adjustments do not offset. The interest rate swap agreements were assumed to be perfectly effective under the “short cut method” of SFAS 133. The differential to be paid or received based on changes in interest rates was recorded as an adjustment to interest expense in the statement of earnings. Additional information on these swap agreements is presented in Note 10.
T. Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 (“SFAS No. 155”). SFAS No. 155 permits a fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation. This accounting standard is effective as of the beginning of fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The Corporation does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operation or financial condition.
In March 2006, the FASB issued the SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 140 (“SFAS No. 156”). SFAS No. 156 requires that servicing assets and servicing liabilities be recognized at fair value, if practicable, when the Corporation enters into a servicing agreement and allows two alternatives, the amortization and fair value measurement methods, as subsequent measurement methods. This accounting standard is effective for all new transactions occurring as of the beginning of fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The Corporation does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operation or financial condition.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48 to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Corporation will adopt FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, as required. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded in retained earnings and other accounts as applicable. The Corporation is evaluating its tax positions and anticipates that the adoption of FIN 48 will not have a significant impact on its results of operations.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (“SFAS No. 158”). This Statement requires companies to recognize a net liability or asset to report the funded status of their defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans (“the Plans”). The recognition of a net asset or liability will require an offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) in shareholders’ equity. SFAS No. 158 will not change how the Plans are accounted for and reported in the income statement. Therefore, the amounts to be recognized in AOCI will be the unrecognized gains/losses, prior service costs/credits, and transition assets/obligations, which will continue to be amortized under the existing guidance as net periodic pension cost in the income statement. Companies are required to initially recognize the funded status and provide the required disclosures beginning for fiscal year ends after December 15, 2006. The net impact on the December 31, 2006 balance sheet is to increase prepaid pension costs by $21.1 million, increase other current liabilities $2.3 million, reduce accrued pension and postretirement benefit costs by $4.9 million, increase deferred tax liabilities by $9.0 million, with the offset increasing stockholders’ equity by $14.7 million. Additionally, for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008, SFAS 158 will require companies to measure the plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year end. However, earlier adoption of the
Page 54

measurement date provisions is encouraged. The Corporation currently utilizes measurement dates of September 30 and October 31 for its various Plans. The Corporation does not anticipate the change in the fiscal year end measurement date to have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operation or financial condition. See Note 14 for additional information on the effect of FAS 158 on the Corporation.
2. ACQUISITIONS
The Corporation acquired three businesses in 2006, as described below. In addition, the Corporation purchased one business in 2005 and eleven businesses in 2004. The 2006 and 2005 acquisitions, as well as nine of the 2004 acquisitions, are described in more detail below. The remaining two businesses acquired in 2004 had an aggregate purchase price of $1.1 million and are not considered material. All acquisitions have been accounted for as purchases with the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired recorded as goodwill. The Corporation makes preliminary estimates of the purchase price allocations, including the value of identifiable intangibles with a finite life, and records amortization based upon the estimated useful life of those intangible assets identified. The Corporation will adjust these estimates based upon analysis of third party appraisals, when deemed appropriate, and the determination of fair value, when finalized, generally within twelve months from acquisition.
The results of each acquired business have been included in the consolidated financial results of the Corporation from the date of acquisition in the segment indicated as follows:
FLOW CONTROL

Techswan, Inc.
On September 1, 2006, the Corporation acquired certain assets and liabilities of Techswan, Inc., which business is now operated as Swantech (Swantech). The purchase price, subject to customary adjustments provided for in the Asset Purchase Agreement, was $3.6 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities to acquire the intellectual property and assets of Swantech. The purchase price was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit line. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $2.9 million at December 31, 2006. Revenues of the purchased business were $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Swantech is a designer and manufacturer of highly advanced health monitoring and prognostics systems and software for critical service machinery. Swantech is the technology leader in state-of-the-art stress wave analysis based prognostics systems, with the capability to predict critical machinery failure far in advance of conventional vibration and temperature based monitoring systems. The core technology is fully developed, and Swantech is building its applications’ base and channels to market in the commercial maritime, power, oil and gas, and defense and aerospace markets. Swantech has significant and growing penetration in monitoring luxury cruise liner critical systems. Swantech is located in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida.
Enpro Systems, Ltd.
On April 17, 2006, the Corporation acquired certain assets and liabilities of Enpro Systems, Ltd. (Enpro), which has subsequently been merged with Tapco International. The combined business operates as TapcoEnpro International. The purchase price, subject to customary adjustments provided for in the Asset Purchase Agreement, was $17.5 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities to acquire the assets of Enpro. The purchase price was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit line. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $6.0 million at December 31, 2006. Revenues of the purchased business were $35.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Enpro is a designer and manufacturer of highly engineered sliding gate, plug, block, butterfly, diverter, and variable orifice flue gas valves. Enpro also manufactures, repairs, and modifies ASME code pressure vessels, primarily for the petrochemical, refining, and utility markets. Enpro provides engineering services, subcontract manufacturing services, shop repairs, and field services to support customers’ operations. Enpro is headquartered in Channelview, Texas.
Page 55

Engineered Pump Division
On November 10, 2004, the Corporation acquired certain assets and liabilities of the Government Marine Business Unit division of Flowserve Corporation, subsequently renamed the Engineered Pump Division (“EPD”). The effective date of the acquisition was November 1, 2004. The purchase price, subject to customary adjustments provided for in the Asset Purchase Agreement, was $28.1 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities. The purchase price was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $8.0 million at December 31, 2006. Revenues of the purchased business were $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.
EPD is a leading designer and manufacturer of highly engineered, critical function pumps for the U.S. Navy nuclear submarine and aircraft carrier programs and non-nuclear surface ships. EPD is the sole source supplier of main and auxiliary seawater, fresh water, and cooling pumps, coolant purification pumps, injection, chilled water, and other critical pumps. The business supports nuclear programs, and non-nuclear naval surface programs. In addition, EPD has a strong and growing aftermarket business for repairs, refurbishments, and parts. EPD’s operations are located in Phillipsburg, New Jersey.
Groquip
On July 12, 2004, the Corporation acquired the outstanding stock of Groth Equipment Corporation of Louisiana (“Groquip”). The purchase price, subject to customary adjustments provided for in the Stock Purchase Agreement, was $4.5 million payable in approximately 18,000 shares of the Corporation’s restricted Common stock valued at $1.0 million, cash of $3.5 million, and the assumption of certain liabilities. The cash portion of the purchase price was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. The purchase price approximated the fair value of the net assets acquired as of December 31, 2006.
Groquip is a market leader in the hydrocarbon and chemical processing industries. Groquip provides products and services for various pressure-related processes that ensure safe operation and regulatory compliance. Groquip is a manufacturer's sales representative for rupture discs, conservation vents, fire and gas detectors, and pressure relief valves. They also provide field and in-shop service and repairs for pressure relief valves and a variety of specialty valves. Groquip is headquartered in Geismar, Louisiana and has a sales and service center located in Sulphur, Louisiana. Revenues of the acquired business were $10.1 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2004.
NOVA
On May 24, 2004, the Corporation acquired certain assets of NOVA Machine Products Corporation (“NOVA”). The purchase price, subject to customary adjustments provided for in the Asset Purchase Agreement, was $20.0 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities. The purchase price was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. There are provisions in the agreement for additional payments upon the achievement of certain financial performance criteria through 2009 up to a maximum additional payment of $9.2 million. Through December 31, 2006, the Corporation has made no payments of additional consideration under these provisions. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $5.0 million at December 31, 2006.
NOVA is one of the largest suppliers of safety-related fasteners to the U.S. nuclear power industry and the Department of Energy and also provides a wide range of manufactured and distributed products and related services. NOVA is headquartered in Middleburg Heights, Ohio, with distribution centers in Glendale Heights, Illinois, and Decatur, Alabama, and five sales offices throughout the U.S. Revenues of the acquired business were $17.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.
On September 1, 2005, NOVA acquired the HydraNut product line and related intellectual property of Technofast International, a wholly owned subsidiary of Tech Novus Pty. Ltd of Brisbane, Australia (“Technofast”). The acquisition of this product line replaced a licensing agreement between NOVA and Technofast, which was part of the acquired assets of the Corporation’s acquisition of NOVA in 2004.
The purchase price of $8.0 million included an initial cash payment of $4.5 million and will require quarterly cash payments calculated as a percentage of sales of the product line, not to exceed $3.5 million over an eight year period. Any remaining purchase price unpaid at the end of eight years will expire unpaid. The Corporation estimates this liability will be paid down within five years.
Page 56

The acquisition of this technology was accounted for as an acquisition of intangible assets. As such, the Corporation has estimated the fair value of the future payments as of September 1, 2005, to be $3.0 million and has recorded a liability. As of December 31, 2006, the remaining balance on the liability, including accrued interest, was $2.6 million. The intangible asset was capitalized as technology in the amount of $7.5 million and will be amortized over its 20 year useful life.
The HydraNut fastener provides simple and accurate tensioning in safety risk situations and hard to access areas for customers in nuclear power generation, industrial, and other energy markets.
Trentec
On May 24, 2004, the Corporation acquired certain assets of Trentec, Inc. (“Trentec”). The purchase price, subject to customary adjustments provided for in the Asset Purchase Agreement, was $13.9 million, payable in approximately 280,000 shares of the Corporation’s restricted Common stock valued at $13.0 million, cash of $0.9 million, and the assumption of certain liabilities. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $5.3 million at December 31, 2006.
In August 2005, the Corporation completed negotiations with the sellers of Trentec regarding a post-closing dispute. The settlement resulted in $0.9 million of recovery, which is included in operating income for 2005, and $0.1 million of additional consideration paid under the working capital adjustment, which increased the purchase price of the acquired business. The effect of the settlement was treated as a non-cash transaction for purposes of preparing the statement of cash flows as the net settlement of $0.8 million was effectuated through the forfeiture of the cash holdback in the same amount.
Trentec's services include specialty equipment fabrication, diamond wiresaw cutting, nuclear power plant equipment qualification, and third-party dedication and supply of nuclear components. Trentec’s operations are located in Cincinnati, Ohio. Revenues of the acquired business were $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.
MOTION CONTROL

Indal Technologies, Inc.
On March 1, 2005, the Corporation acquired the outstanding stock of the parent corporation of Indal Technologies, Inc. (“Indal”). The purchase price was 80.3 million Canadian dollars ($64.7 million) in cash and was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. The estimated excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $27.2 million at December 31, 2006, including foreign currency translation adjustment gains of $1.7 million.
Indal provides shipboard helicopter handling systems for naval applications with a global installed base on over 200 ships, including more than 100 systems deployed in the U.S. Navy. Indal's highly engineered, proprietary products enable helicopters to land aboard naval vessels in rough sea conditions. Indal also designs and manufactures specialized telescopic hangars that provide protection for helicopters aboard ships and cable handling systems for naval sonar applications. Indal is headquartered in Mississauga, Ontario, Canada. Revenues of the acquired business were 49.4 million Canadian dollars ($38.2 million) for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Synergy
On August 31, 2004, the Corporation acquired the outstanding stock of Synergy Microsystems, Inc (“Synergy”). The purchase price was $49.1 million in cash and was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $31.3 million at December 31, 2006.
Synergy specializes in the design, manufacture, and integration of single- and multi-processor single-board computers for VME and CompactPCI systems to meet the needs of demanding real-time applications in military, aerospace, industrial, and commercial markets. Synergy is headquartered in San Diego, California. Revenues of the acquired business were $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.
Page 57

Primagraphics
On May 28, 2004, the Corporation acquired the outstanding stock of Primagraphics Holdings Limited (“Primagraphics”). The purchase price, subject to customary adjustments provided for in the Stock Purchase Agreement, was £ 12.5 million ($22.4 million) in cash. The purchase price was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. The estimated excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $15.4 million at December 31, 2006, including foreign currency translation adjustment gains of $1.3 million.
Primagraphics is a market leader in the development of radar processing and graphic display systems used throughout the world for military and commercial applications, such as ship and airborne command and control consoles, vessel tracking, air traffic control, and air defense systems. Primagraphics' products include graphics and imaging technologies, video and sensor processing hardware, and software that can be readily engineered to provide vital components for a wide variety of systems. Primagraphics is headquartered near Cambridge in the United Kingdom, with a worldwide network of dealers and distributors. Revenues of the acquired business were £6.8 million ($10.9 million) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003.
Dy 4
On January 31, 2004, the Corporation acquired the outstanding stock of Dy 4 Systems, Inc. and Dy 4 (U.S.) Inc. (collectively “Dy 4”). The purchase price was $110.4 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities. Management funded the purchase price with cash on hand and from the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired as of December 31, 2006, is $63.2 million.
Dy 4 is considered a market leader in ruggedized embedded computing solutions for the defense and aerospace industries. Using standard, commercially available computing technologies, referred to as commercial-off-the-shelf, Dy 4 customizes the products to perform reliably in rugged conditions, such as extreme temperature, terrain, and speed. The acquisition was made primarily to complement the Corporation’s existing businesses that serve the embedded computing market. Based in Ottawa, Canada, Dy 4 also has a facility in Virginia and a sales office in the United Kingdom. Revenues of the purchased business for the fiscal year ending August 29, 2003 were $72.4 million.
METAL TREATMENT
Allegheny
On May 9, 2006, the Corporation purchased the assets and certain liabilities of two units of Diversified Coatings, Inc. (“Allegheny”). The purchase price was $14.9 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities. The purchase price was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. The estimated excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $4.6 million at December 31, 2006.
Allegheny’s services include the spray application of a variety of high performance coatings to automotive metal braking components. There are numerous specialty high performance coatings available on the market, which are specified on a part-by-part basis by the automotive OEMs. These high performance coatings are typically licensed by the coating material manufacturer to qualified applicators on a geographic basis. Allegheny is located in Fremont, Indiana, and Ingersoll, Canada. Revenues of the acquired businesses were $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Everlube
On April 2, 2004, the Corporation purchased the assets of the Everlube Products division (“Everlube”) of Morgan Advanced Ceramics, Inc. The purchase price was $6.5 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities. The purchase price was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. The estimated excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $2.0 million at December 31, 2006.
Page 58

Everlube is a pioneer and leader in manufacturing solid film lubricant (“SFL”) and other specialty engineered coatings with more than 180 formulations available. Everlube’s engineered coatings improve the functional performance of metal components in lubrication, temperature, and corrosion resistance. Everlube is located in Peachtree City, Georgia. Revenues of the acquired business were $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.
Evesham
On February 24, 2004, the Corporation purchased the assets of the Evesham coatings business located in the United Kingdom (“Evesham”) from Morgan Advanced Ceramics, Ltd. The purchase price was £ 3.5 million ($6.5 million) in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities. The purchase price was funded from credit available under the Corporation’s revolving credit facilities. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is $2.2 million at December 31, 2006, including foreign currency translation adjustment gains of $0.1 million.
Evesham manufactures and applies an extensive range of SFL coatings, which provide lubrication, corrosion resistance, and enhanced engineering performance. Revenues of the acquired business were £ 2.6 million ($4.2 million) for the year ended December 31, 2003.
3. RECEIVABLES
Receivables include current notes, amounts billed to customers, claims, other receivables, and unbilled revenue on long-term contracts, consisting of amounts recognized as sales but not billed. Substantially all amounts of unbilled receivables are expected to be billed and collected in the subsequent year.
Credit risk is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising the Corporation’s customer base and their geographic dispersion. The Corporation is either a prime contractor or subcontractor of various agencies of the U.S. Government. Revenues derived directly and indirectly from government sources (primarily the U.S. Government) were 45%, 48%, and 47% of consolidated revenues in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, accounts receivable due directly or indirectly from these government sources represented 43% and 52% of net receivables, respectively. Sales to one customer through which the Corporation is a subcontractor to the U.S. Government were 9% of consolidated revenues in 2006, 10% in 2005, and 13% in 2004. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Corporation’s net receivables as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.
The Corporation performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and establishes appropriate allowances for doubtful accounts based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information.
The composition of receivables is as follows:

(In thousands) December 31,	 	2006	 	          	 	2005	 	
Billed receivables:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade and other receivables	$	199,714	 	 	$	171,203	 	
            Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts	 	(5,389	)	 	 	(5,453	)	
Net billed receivables	 	194,325	 	 	 	165,750	 	
 	
Unbilled receivables:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Recoverable costs and estimated earnings not billed	 	111,112	 	 	 	107,618	 	
            Less: Progress payments applied	 	(20,663	)	 	 	(28,679	)	
Net unbilled receivables	 	90,449	 	 	 	78,939	 	
Receivables, net	$	284,774	 	 	$	244,689	 	

The net receivable balance at December 31, 2006, included $7.3 million related to the Corporation’s 2006 acquisitions.
Page 59

4. INVENTORIES
Inventoried costs contain amounts relating to long-term contracts and programs with long production cycles, a portion of which will not be realized within one year. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (principally average cost) or market. The composition of inventories is as follows:

(In thousands) December 31,	 	2006	 	          	 	2005	 	
Raw material	$	67,667	 	 	$	59,336	 	
Work-in-process	 	43,280	 	 	 	43,099	 	
Finshed goods and component parts	 	58,483	 	 	 	52,825	 	
Inventoried costs related to U.S. Government and other long-term	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     contracts	 	30,361	 	 	 	27,533	 	
Gross inventories	 	199,791	 	 	 	182,793	 	
              Less:      Inventory reserves	 	(26,152	)	 	 	(25,377	)	
                          Progress payments applied, principally related to	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                               long-term contracts	 	(12,111	)	 	 	(11,119	)	
Inventories, net	$	161,528	 	 	$	146,297	 	

The net inventory balance at December 31, 2006 included $0.9 million related to the Corporation’s 2006 acquisitions.
5. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
The composition of property, plant, and equipment is as follows:

(In thousands) December 31,	 	2006	 	          	 	2005	 	
Land	$	19,086	 	 	$	16,825	 	
Buildings and improvements	 	125,431	 	 	 	111,409	 	
Machinery, equipment, and other	 	403,125	 	 	 	362,018	 	
Property, plant, and equipment, at cost	 	547,642	 	 	 	490,252	 	
Less: Accumulated depreciation	 	(250,990	)	 	 	(215,431	)	
Property, plant, and equipment, net	$	296,652	 	 	$	274,821	 	

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $38.8 million, $36.0 million, and $32.4 million, respectively. The net property, plant, and equipment balance at December 31, 2006, included $13.1 million related to the Corporation’s 2006 acquisitions.
Page 60

6. GOODWILL
Goodwill consists primarily of the excess purchase price of acquisitions over the fair value of the net assets acquired.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

 	 	Flow	 	 	Motion	 	 	Metal	 	 	 	 	 	
(In thousands)	 	Control	 	     	Control	 	     	Treatment	 	     	Consolidated	 	
December 31, 2004	 	$	115,202	 	 	$	228,579	 	 	$	20,532	 	 	$	364,313	 	
Goodwill from 2005 acquisitions	 	 	–	 	 	 	27,034	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	27,034	 	
Change in estimate to fair value of net assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        acquired in prior years	 	 	1,070	 	 	 	(536	)	 	 	–	 	 	 	534	 	
Additional consideration of prior years’	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        acquisitions	 	 	1,241	 	 	 	629	 	 	 	60	 	 	 	1,930	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	(344	)	 	 	(4,810	)	 	 	(499	)	 	 	(5,653	)	
December 31, 2005	 	$	117,169	 	 	$	250,896	 	 	$	20,093	 	 	$	388,158	 	
Goodwill from 2006 acquisitions	 	 	8,910	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	4,598	 	 	 	13,508	 	
Change in estimate to fair value of net assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        acquired in prior years	 	 	411	 	 	 	(1,453	)	 	 	(1,289	)	 	 	(2,331	)	
Additional consideration of prior years’	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        acquisitions	 	 	2,722	 	 	 	1,629	 	 	 	13	 	 	 	4,364	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	850	 	 	 	6,084	 	 	 	468	 	 	 	7,402	 	
December 31, 2006	 	$	130,062	 	 	$	257,156	 	 	$	23,883	 	 	$	411,101	 	

Additional consideration of prior years’ acquisitions includes accruals of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, related to earn out and other required contractual payments. These amounts are classified in other current liabilities as additional amounts due to sellers.
During 2006, the Corporation finalized the allocation of the purchase price for all businesses acquired prior to 2006. Approximately $13 million of the goodwill on acquisitions made during 2006 is deductible for tax purposes. None of the goodwill on the 2005 acquisition was deductible for tax purposes.
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Corporation completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of July 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. During the quarter ended December 31, 2006, the Corporation changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment testing to October 31 in order to better align with the Corporation’s normal business process for updating the Corporation’s strategic plan and forecasts. The Corporation believes that the resulting change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date will not delay, accelerate, or avoid an impairment charge. Goodwill impairment tests performed as of October 31, 2006 and July 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 concluded that no impairment charges were required as of those dates. The Corporation determined that the change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date is preferable under the circumstances and does not result in adjustments to the Corporation’s financial statements when applied retrospectively.
7. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
Intangible assets are generally the result of acquisitions and consist primarily of purchased technology, customer related intangibles, and trademarks. Intangible assets are amortized over useful lives that range between 1 and 20 years.
Page 61

The following table summarizes the intangible assets acquired (including their weighted-average useful lives) by the Corporation during 2006 and 2005. No indefinite lived intangible assets were purchased in 2006 or 2005.

(In thousands, except years data)	 	2006	 	2005	
 	 	 	Amount	 	Years	 	 	Amount	 	Years	
Technology	 	$	2,390	 	12.1	 	 	$	18,710	 	19.7	
Customer related intangibles	 	 	6,330	 	8.7	 	 	 	11,107	 	17.7	
Total	 	$	8,720	 	9.7	 	 	$	29,817	 	19.0	

The following tables present the cumulative composition of the Corporation’s acquired intangible assets as of December 31:

(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	
2006	 	Gross	 	Amortization	 	 	 	Net	 	
Technology	 	$	94,611	 	$	(19,403	)	 	$	75,208	 	
Customer related intangibles	 	 	86,205	 	 	(14,400	)	 	 	71,805	 	
Other intangible assets	 	 	12,416	 	 	(1,349	)	 	 	11,067	 	
Total	 	$	193,232	 	$	(35,152	)	 	$	158,080	 	
 	
(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	
2005 1	 	Gross	 	Amortization	 	 	 	Net	 	
Technology	 	$	91,583	 	$	(13,445	)	 	$	78,138	 	
Customer related intangibles	 	 	79,342	 	 	(10,715	)	 	 	68,627	 	
Other intangible assets	 	 	12,415	 	 	(913	)	 	 	11,502	 	
Total	 	$	183,340	 	$	(25,073	)	 	$	158,267	 	
1 Certain prior year information has been reclassified to conform to current presentation.
The following table presents the changes in the net balance of other intangible assets during 2006:

 	 	 	 	 	 	Customer	 	 	Other	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 		 	 	Related	 	 	Intangible	 	 	 	 	 	
(In thousands)	 	Technology	     	 	Intangibles	     	 	Assets	     	 	Total	 	
December 31, 2005	 	$	78,138	 	 	$	68,627	 	 	$	11,502	 	 	$	158,267	 	
Acquired during 2006	 	 	2,390	 	 	 	6,330	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	8,720	 	
Change in estimate of fair value related to	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
purchase price allocation	 	 	–	 	 	 	1,260	 	 	 	29	 	 	 	1,289	 	
Amortization expense	 	 	(6,394	)	 	 	(5,206	)	 	 	(415	)	 	 	(12,015	)	
Net foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	1,074	 	 	 	794	 	 	 	(49	)	 	 	1,819	 	
Total	 	$	75,208	 	 	$	71,805	 	 	$	11,067	 	 	$	158,080	 	

Included in other intangible assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, are $9.9 million of intangible assets not subject to amortization. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Corporation completed its annual test of impairment of indefinite lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of each year and concluded there was no impairment of value.
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $11.9 million and $8.3 million, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense of purchased intangible assets is as follows:

(In thousands)	 	 	 	
2007	 	$	12,362	
2008	 	 	12,302	
2009	 	 	11,280	
2010	 	 	10,801	
2011	 	 	10,584	

Page 62

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses consist of the following:

(In thousands) December 31,	 	 	2006	     	 	2005	 	
Accrued compensation	 	$	50,941	 	$	45,270	 	
Accrued commissions	 	 	5,852	 	 	5,819	 	
Accrued taxes other than income taxes	 	 	3,989	 	 	4,048	 	
Accrued insurance	 	 	4,116	 	 	4,053	 	
Accrued interest	 	 	3,687	 	 	3,842	 	
Other	 	 	12,947	 	 	11,220	 	
Total accrued expenses	 	$	81,532	 	$	74,252	 	
 	
Other current liabilities consist of the following:	
 	
(In thousands) December 31,	 	 	2006	 	 	2005	 	
Warranty reserves	 	$	9,957	 	$	9,850	 	
Litigation reserves	 	 	6,512	 	 	713	 	
Additional amounts due to sellers on acquisitions	 	 	4,678	 	 	3,274	 	
Current portion of environmental reserves	 	 	2,441	 	 	2,677	 	
Other	 	 	4,800	 	 	4,903	 	
Total other current liabilities	 	$	28,388	 	$	21,417	 	

The accrued expenses and other current liabilities at December 31, 2006, included $1.5 million and $2.7 million, respectively, related to the Corporation’s 2006 acquisitions.
The Corporation provides its customers with warranties on certain commercial and governmental products. Estimated warranty costs are charged to expense in the period the related revenue is recognized based on the terms of the product warranty, the related estimated costs, and quantitative historical claims experience. These estimates are adjusted in the period in which actual results are finalized or additional information is obtained. The following table presents the changes in the Corporation’s warranty reserves:

(In thousands)	 	 	2006	 	 	 	2005	 	
Warranty reserves at January 1,	 	$	9,850	 	 	$	9,667	 	
Provision for current year sales	 	 	3,208	 	 	 	3,188	 	
Current year claims	 	 	(2,045	)	 	 	(2,534	)	
Change in estimates to pre-existing warranties	 	 	(1,497	)	 	 	(1,700	)	
Increase due to acquisitions	 	 	27	 	 	 	1,618	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	414	 	 	 	(389	)	
Warranty reserves at December 31,	 	$	9,957	 	 	$	9,850	 	

9. INCOME TAXES
Earnings before income taxes for the years ended December 31 consist of:

(In thousands)	 	2006	 	 	2005	 	 	2004	 	
Domestic	$	74,275	 	$	77,440	 	$	65,963	 	
Foreign	 	43,347	 	 	40,858	 	 	32,790	 	
Total	$	117,622	 	$	118,298	 	$	98,753	 	

Page 63

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 consist of:

 (In thousands)	 	2006	 	     	 	2005	 	     	 	2004	 	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                    Federal	$	29,640	 	 	$	25,362	 	 	$	21,158	 	
                    State	 	4,726	 	 	 	6,028	 	 	 	5,481	 	
                    Foreign	 	14,106	 	 	 	12,791	 	 	 	10,548	 	
 	 	48,472	 	 	 	44,181	 	 	 	37,187	 	
 	
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                    Federal	 	(5,397	)	 	 	(674	)	 	 	(878	)	
                    State	 	(930	)	 	 	472	 	 	 	(1,969	)	
                    Foreign	 	(5,092	)	 	 	(961	)	 	 	(653	)	
 	 	(11,419	)	 	 	(1,163	)	 	 	(3,500	)	
Provision for income taxes	$	37,053	 	 	$	43,018	 	 	$	33,687	 	

The effective tax rate varies from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate for the years ended December 31, principally:

 	2006	 	 	2005	 	 	2004	 	
U.S. federal statutory tax rate	35.0	%	 	35.0	%	 	35.0	%	
Add (deduct):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit	2.0	 	 	3.4	 	 	1.6	 	
Enacted future rate changes	(1.4	)	 	–	 	 	–	 	
R&D tax credits	(3.0	)	 	(0.4	)	 	(0.1	)	
Foreign rate differential	(0.8	)	 	(1.2	)	 	(1.1	)	
All other, net	(0.3	)	 	(0.4	)	 	(1.3	)	
Effective tax rate	31.5	%	 	36.4	%	 	34.1	%	

The components of the Corporation’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are as follows:

(In thousands)	 	2006	 	     	 	2005	 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
          Environmental reserves	$	9,719	 	 	$	9,946	 	
          Inventories	 	8,261	 	 	 	8,353	 	
          Postretirement/postemployment benefits	 	16,488	 	 	 	16,453	 	
          Incentive compensation	 	10,790	 	 	 	9,203	 	
          Accrued vacation pay	 	4,928	 	 	 	4,570	 	
          Warranty reserve	 	2,278	 	 	 	2,363	 	
          Other	 	9,636	 	 	 	7,607	 	
Total deferred tax assets	 	62,100	 	 	 	58,495	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
          Retirement plans	 	15,153	 	 	 	10,376	 	
          Depreciation	 	19,350	 	 	 	21,054	 	
          Goodwill amortization	 	15,194	 	 	 	19,044	 	
          Other intangible amortization	 	32,202	 	 	 	28,332	 	
          Cumulative translation adjustment	 	2,385	 	 	 	–	 	
          Other	 	2,386	 	 	 	4,416	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	 	86,670	 	 	 	83,222	 	
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(24,570	)	 	$	(24,727	)	

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected on the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31 as follows:

(In thousands)	 	2006	 	     		2005	 	
Current deferred tax assets	$	32,485	 	 	$	28,843	 	
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities	 	(57,055	)	 	 	(53,570	)	
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(24,570	)	 	$	(24,727	)	

Page 64

As of December 31, 2006, the Corporation had state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $0.5 million, after tax. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire through the year 2023. The foreign net operating loss carryforwards have no expiration date.
Income tax payments of $45.4 million were made in 2006, $32.3 million in 2005, and $28.8 million in 2004.
No provision has been made for U.S. federal or foreign taxes on that portion of certain foreign subsidiaries’ undistributed earnings considered to be permanently reinvested, which at December 31, 2006, was $45.3 million. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of tax that would be payable if these amounts were repatriated to the U.S.; however, it is expected there would be minimal or no additional tax because of the availability of foreign tax credits.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48 to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Corporation will adopt FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, as required. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded in retained earnings and other accounts as applicable. The Corporation is evaluating its tax positions and anticipates that the adoption of FIN 48 will not have a significant impact on its results of operations.
On October 22, 2004 the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”) was signed into law. The Act includes a one-time opportunity for a deduction of 85% of certain foreign dividends that are repatriated, as defined in the Act. Pursuant to this provision of the Act, the Corporation has repatriated $9.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 with a tax cost of $0.3 million. This tax cost was net of foreign tax credits which were not previously provided. The Corporation should be considered to have satisfied the Section 8.03 “safe harbor” contained in Notice 2005-10 since 100% of the required investments pursuant to the Section 965 dividend reinvestment plan have been made by the end of the 2005 tax year.
10. DEBT
Debt consists of the following:

(In thousands) December 31,	 	2006	     	 	2005	 	
Industrial Revenue Bonds, due from 2007 through 2028	$	14,180	 	$	14,239	 	
Revolving Credit Agreement, due 2009	 	—	 	 	—	 	
5.13% Senior Notes due 2010	 	74,786	 	 	74,729	 	
5.74% Senior Notes due 2013	 	125,094	 	 	125,108	 	
5.51% Senior Notes due 2017	 	150,000	 	 	150,000	 	
Other debt	 	814	 	 	826	 	
Total debt	 	364,874	 	 	364,902	 	
Less: Short-term debt	 	5,874	 	 	885	 	
Total Long-term debt	$	359,000	 	$	364,017	 	

The weighted-average interest rate of the Corporation’s Industrial Revenue Bonds was 3.45% and 2.54% in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate of the Corporation’s Revolving Credit Agreement was 6.22% and 3.97% in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The carrying amount of the Industrial Revenue Bonds approximates fair value as the interest rates on this variable debt are reset periodically to reflect market conditions and rates. Fair values for the Corporation’s fixed rate debt totaled $350.8 million and $357.9 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These fair values were estimated by management. The fair values described above may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, the use of different methodologies to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
Page 65

Aggregate maturities of debt are as follows (1) : 
 	
(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
2007	 	$	5,874	 	
2008	 	 	62	 	
2009	 	 	64	 	
2010	 	 	75,066	 	
2011	 	 	68	 	
Thereafter	 	 	283,860	 	
Total	 	$	364,994	 	

(1) Amounts exclude a $0.1 million adjustment to the fair value of long-term debt relating to the Corporation’s interest rate swap agreements that were settled in cash during 2005.
Interest payments of $21.3 million, $18.3 million, and $12.1 million were made in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
On December 1, 2005, the Corporation issued $150.0 million of 5.51% Senior Notes (the “2005 Notes”). The 2005 Notes mature on December 1, 2017. The Notes are senior unsecured obligations and are equal in right of payment to the Corporation’s existing senior indebtedness. The Corporation, at its option, can prepay at any time all or any part of the 2005 Notes, subject to a make-whole amount in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement. In connection with the Notes, the Corporation paid customary fees that have been deferred and will be amortized over the terms of the Notes. The Corporation is required under the Note Purchase Agreement to maintain certain financial ratios, the most restrictive of which is a debt to capitalization limit of 60% and a cross default provision with the Corporation’s other senior indebtedness. As of December 31, 2006, the Corporation was in compliance with all covenants.
In November 2005, the Corporation unwound its interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts of $20 million and $60 million which were originally put in place to convert a portion of the fixed interest on the $75 million 5.13% Senior Notes and $125 million 5.74% Senior Notes, respectively, to variable rates based on specified spreads over six-month LIBOR. The unwind of these swap agreements resulted in a net loss of $0.2 million, which has been deferred and is being amortized over the remaining term of the underlying debt.
On July 23, 2004, the Corporation amended its existing credit facility, increasing the available line of credit from $225 million to $400 million with a group of ten banks. The Corporation plans to use the credit line for working capital purposes, internal growth initiatives, funding of future acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes. The credit agreement expires in 2009. Borrowings under the agreement bear interest at a floating rate based on market conditions. In addition, the Corporation’s interest rate and level of facility fees depend on maintaining certain financial ratios defined in the agreement. The Corporation is subject to annual facility fees on the commitments under the Revolving Credit Agreement. In connection with the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Corporation paid customary transaction fees that have been deferred and are being amortized over the term of the agreement. The Corporation is required under the agreement to maintain certain financial ratios and meet certain financial tests as detailed in the agreement, of which the Corporation is in compliance at December 31, 2006. The unused credit available under the Revolving Credit Agreement at December 31, 2006 and 2005, was $362.2 million and $367.9 million, respectively.
On September 25, 2003, the Corporation issued $200.0 million of Senior Notes (the “2003 Notes”). The 2003 Notes consist of $75.0 million of 5.13% Senior Notes that mature on September 25, 2010 and $125.0 million of 5.74% Senior Notes that mature on September 25, 2013. The 2003 Notes are senior unsecured obligations and are equal in right of payment to the Corporation’s existing senior indebtedness. The Corporation, at its option, can prepay at any time all or any part of the 2003 Notes, subject to a make-whole amount in accordance with the Note Purchase Agreement. The Corporation paid customary fees that have been deferred and will be amortized over the terms of the 2003 Notes. The Corporation is required under the Note Purchase Agreement to maintain certain financial ratios, the most restrictive of which is a debt to capitalization limit of 60% and a cross default provision with the Corporation’s other senior indebtedness. As of December 31, 2006, the Corporation was in compliance with all covenants.
Page 66

At December 31, 2006, substantially all of the industrial revenue bond issues are collateralized by real estate, machinery, and equipment. Certain of these issues are supported by letters of credit, which total $13.7 million. The Corporation had various other letters of credit totaling $24.1 million. Substantially all letters of credit are included under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
11. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Corporation is required to report both basic earnings per share (“EPS”), based on the weighted-average number of Common shares outstanding, and diluted earnings per share, based on the basic EPS adjusted for all potentially dilutive shares issuable. Share and per share amounts presented below have been adjusted on a pro forma basis for the April 21 2006 stock split. See Note 1-O for further information regarding the stock split.
At December 31, 2006, the Corporation had stock options outstanding of 380,723 shares that were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because to do so would have been antidilutive. There were no antidilutive options outstanding at December 31, 2005 or December 31, 2004. Earnings per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, are as follows:

 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-Average  	 	Earnings	
(In thousands, except per share data)	 	Net Income	 	Shares Outstanding	 	Per Share	
2006:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	80,569	 	43,826	 	$	1.84	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     Stock options	 	 	 	 	445	 	 	 	 	
     Deferred stock compensation	 	 	 	 	63	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	80,569	 	44,334	 	$	1.82	 	
 	
2005:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	75,280	 	43,270	 	$	1.74	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     Stock options	 	 	 	 	500	 	 	 	 	
     Deferred stock compensation	 	 	 	 	58	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	75,280	 	43,828	 	$	1.72	 	
 	
2004:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	65,066	 	42,392	 	$	1.53	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     Stock options	 	 	 	 	648	 	 	 	 	
     Deferred stock compensation	 	 	 	 	54	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	65,066	 	43,094	 	$	1.51	 	

12. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS
The Corporation maintains three share-based compensation plans under which it utilizes six different forms of employee and non-employee share-based compensation awards, as explained in further detail below, which include non-qualified share options, employee stock purchase plan options, performance shares, performance restricted shares, restricted stock, and restricted stock units. Certain awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Corporation applied the intrinsic value method of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations in accounting for stock-based employee awards. Accordingly, the Corporation did not recognize compensation expense for the issuance of non-qualified share options with an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant or for options granted under the employee stock purchase plan. Effective January 1, 2006, the Corporation adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method and therefore has not restated prior periods. Under this transition method, compensation cost associated with employee stock options recognized in 2006 includes compensation expense related to the remaining unvested portion of non-qualified share options granted prior to January 1, 2006. The effect of the change in 2006 from applying the original provisions of SFAS 123 on income from continuing operations was $4.9 million, on income before income taxes was $4.9 million, on net income was $3.6 million, and basic and diluted earnings per share was $0.08. As the requisite service period for performance shares, restricted stock units, and performance restricted shares did not begin until after January 1, 2006, no compensation cost was recorded in prior periods.
 
Page 67

Additionally, SFAS 123(R) requires that cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of compensation cost that had been reflected as operating cash flows be reflected as financing cash flows, which amounted to $1.9 million in 2006.
The compensation cost charged against income for employee share-based compensation programs during 2006 is as follows:

(In thousands)	 	 	2006	 	
Non-qualified share options	 	$	3,558	 	
Employee stock purchase options	 	 	1,387	 	
Performance shares	 	 	1,011	 	
Performance restricted shares	 	 	260	 	
Restricted stock units	 	 	56	 	
Other share-based payments	 	 	349	 	
Total share-based compensation expense before income taxes	 	 	6,621	 	
Income tax benefit	 	 	1,989	 	
Net income impact	 	$	4,632	 	
 	
EPS Impact:	 	 	 	 	
                          Basic	 	$	0.11	 	
                          Diluted	 	$	0.10	 	

Other share-based payments include unrestricted share awards to employees and restricted stock awards to non-employee directors, who are treated as employees as prescribed by SFAS 123(R). The compensation cost recognized follows the cost of the employee, which is primarily reflected as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of earnings. No cost was capitalized during 2006.
Pro forma information regarding net earnings and earnings per share is required by SFAS 123(R), and has been determined as if the Corporation had accounted for its employee non-qualified share options and employee stock purchase plan option grants under the fair value method in prior periods. The Corporation’s pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2005, and 2004 is as follows:

(In thousands, except per share data)	 	 	2005	 	     	 	2004	 	
 	
Net earnings: As reported	 	$	75,280	 	 	$	65,066	 	
  Add: Total share-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                        effects, included in net income as reported	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
  Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                        under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                        effects	 	 	(2,565	)	 	 	( 1,862	)	
  Pro forma	 	$	72,715	 	 	$	63,204	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
  Net earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
  As reported:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                      Basic	 	$	1.74	 	 	$	1.53	 	
                      Diluted	 	$	1.72	 	 	$	1.51	 	
  Pro forma:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                      Basic	 	$	1.68	 	 	$	1.49	 	
                      Diluted	 	$	1.66	 	 	$	1.47	 	

Page 68

1995 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Awards under the 1995 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1995 LTI Plan”) consisted of three components –performance units (cash), non-qualified stock options, and non-employee director grants. Under the 1995 LTI Plan approved by stockholders in 1995 and as amended in 2002 and 2003, an aggregate total of 4,000,000 shares of Common stock were approved for issuance. Issuances of Common stock to satisfy employee option exercises will be made from the Corporation’s treasury stock. The Corporation does not expect to repurchase any shares in 2007 to replenish treasury stock for issuances made to satisfy stock option exercises.
Effective May 19, 2005, stockholders approved the 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2005 LTI Plan”) (collectively with the 1995 LTI Plan, the “LTI Plans”) , which superseded the 1995 LTI Plan. The shares that were registered and not yet issued under the 1995 LTI Plan were deregistered and then registered under the 2005 LTI Plan. There are no new awards being granted under the 1995 LTI Plan and no remaining allowable shares for future awards under the 1995 LTI Plan. As of December 31, 2006 there were options representing a total of 1.2 million shares outstanding under the 1995 plan.
Awards under the 2005 LTI Plan consist of six components – performance units (cash), non-qualified stock options, performance shares, performance restricted shares, restricted stock, and restricted stock units. Under the 2005 LTI Plan, an aggregate total of 5,000,000 shares of Common stock were registered. Issuances of Common stock to satisfy employee option exercises will be made from the Corporation’s treasury stock. The Corporation does not expect to repurchase any shares in 2007 to replenish treasury stock for issuances made to satisfy stock option exercises. No more than 200,000 shares of Common stock or 100,000 shares of restricted stock may be awarded in any year to any one participant in the 2005 LTI Plan.
Under the LTI Plans, the Corporation awarded performance units of 8.5 million, 8.0 million, and 6.3 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, to certain key employees. The performance units are denominated in dollars and are contingent upon the satisfaction of performance objectives keyed to achieving profitable growth over a period of three fiscal years commencing with the fiscal year following such awards. The anticipated cost of such awards is expensed over the three-year performance period, which amounted to $7.7 million, $5.3 million, and $4.3 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The actual cost of the performance units may vary from the total value of the awards depending upon the degree to which the key performance objectives are met.
Under the LTI Plans, the Corporation grants non-qualified stock options to key employees in the fourth quarter of each year. Stock options granted under the LTI Plans expire ten years after the date of the grant and are generally exercisable as follows: up to one-third of the grant after one year, up to two-thirds of the grant after two years, and in full three years from the date of grant.
Under the 2005 LTI Plan, the Corporation granted performance shares, performance restricted shares, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to certain of the Corporation’s key executives, which are denominated in shares based on the fair market value of the Corporation’s Common stock on the date of grant. The performance shares were granted to certain officers of the Corporation in the fourth quarter of 2006 and 2005 and are contingent upon the satisfaction of performance objectives keyed to achieving profitable growth over a period of three fiscal years commencing with the fiscal year following such award. The performance restricted shares were granted to certain key employees in the first quarter of 2006 and were contingent upon the satisfaction of performance objectives keyed to achieving certain operating income statistics in 2006. For those objectives that were satisfied, the performance restricted shares are restricted for an additional two years. The Corporation granted restricted stock units to two key executives in September 2006 and restricted stock to certain key executives in November 2006, which, under the terms of the agreements, will vest in 2016 and 2009, respectively.
In May 2003, the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved an amendment to the 1995 LTI Plan to authorize non-employee directors to participate in the plan. The amendment provided that each non-employee director could receive the equivalent of $15,000 of the Corporation’s Common stock per year. The Board of Directors approved and issued stock grants of 554 shares and 536 shares in 2005 and 2004, respectively, of the Corporation’s Common stock to each of the eight non-employee directors. The stock grants were valued at $15,000 based on the market price of the Corporation’s Common stock on the grant date and were expensed at the time of issuance.
As of December 31, 2006, there are 3.8 million remaining allowable shares for issuance under the 2005 LTI Plan.
Page 69

Non-Qualified Share Options
The fair value of the non-qualified share options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Corporation’s stock and other factors. The Corporation uses historical data to estimate the expected term of options granted. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 	 	 	2006	 	 	 	2005	 	 	 	2004	 	
Risk-free rate	 	 	4.59	%	 	 	4.52	%	 	 	3.89	%	
Expected volatility	 	 	22.15	%	 	 	23.21	%	 	 	31.37	%	
Expected dividends	 	 	0.65	%	 	 	0.86	%	 	 	0.64	%	
Expected term (in years)	 	 	7	 	 	 	7	 	 	 	7	 	
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options	 	$	12.08	 	 	$	9.06	 	 	$	10.72	 	

A summary of employee stock option activity under the 2005 and 1995 LTI Plans is as follows:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Average	 	Aggregate	
 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-	Remaining	 	Intrinsic	
 	 	Shares	 	Average	Contractual Term	 	Value	
 	 	(000’s)	 	Exercise Price	in Years	 	(000’s)	
Outstanding at December 31, 2005	 	1,916	 	 	$	18.21	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                    Granted	 	381	 	 	 	36.73	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                    Exercised	 	(315	)	 	 	12.82	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                    Forfeited	 	(33	)	 	 	24.06	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2006	 	1,949	 	 	$	22.60	 	7.1	 	$	28,229	 	
Exercisable at December 31, 2006	 	1,249	 	 	$	16.92	 	5.8	 	$	25,171	 	

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $6.4 million, $8.2 million, and $9.6 million, respectively. The table above represents the Corporation’s estimate of options fully vested and/or expected to vest as expected forfeitures are not material to the Corporation, and therefore are not reflected in the table above.
As noted above, non-qualified stock option awards have a graded vesting schedule. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of each award as if each award was, in-substance, multiple awards. During 2006, compensation cost associated with non-qualified stock options of $3.6 million was charged to expense. The Corporation has applied a forfeiture assumption of 7% in the calculation of such expense. As of December 31, 2006, there was approximately $4.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.9 years.
Cash received from option exercises during 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $4.1 million, $4.7 million, and $6.1 million, respectively. The total tax benefit generated from options granted prior to December 31, 2006, which were exercised during 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $2.4 million, $3.2 million and $3.5 million, respectively. During 2006, tax benefits received on exercised options which were subject to expenditure under SFAS 123(R) have been credited to deferred taxes up to the amount of benefit recorded in the income statement, with the difference charged to additional paid in capital, while tax benefits received on exercised options that were not subject to expenditure have been credited to additional paid in capital. All of the 2005 and 2004 tax benefits were credited to additional paid in capital.
Page 70

Performance Shares, Performance Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units
Since 2005, the Corporation granted performance shares and performance restricted shares to certain employees under the 2005 LTI Plan, whose vesting is contingent upon meeting various departmental and company-wide performance goals, including net income targets against budget and as a percentage of sales against a peer group and operating income as a percentage of sales against budget. The nonvested shares are subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated other than due to death, disability, or retirement, and the shares are nontransferable while subject to forfeiture. Restricted stock and restricted stock units have also been granted to key executives during 2006. The nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock units are subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated other than due to death or disability, and the units are nontransferable while subject to forfeiture. A summary of the Corporation’s nonvested performance share, performance restricted share, restricted stock, and restricted stock unit activity for 2006 is as follows:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-Average	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Shares/	 	Weighted-	Remaining	 	Aggregate	
 	 	Units	 	Average	Contractual Term	 	Intrinsic Value	
 	 	(000’s)	 	Fair Value	in Years	 	(000’s)	
Nonvested at December 31, 2005	 	217	 	 	$	27.92	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                    Granted	 	266	 	 	 	33.66	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                    Vested	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                    Forfeited	 	(35	)	 	 	29.35	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Nonvested at December 31, 2006	 	448	 	 	$	31.21	 	3.7	 	$	16,602	 	
Expected to vest at December 31, 2006	 	290	 	 	$	31.52	 	4.3	 	$	10,759	 	

The grant-date fair values of performance shares and performance restricted shares are based on the market price of the stock on the date of grant, and compensation cost is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the three-year requisite service period and assumes that 50% of the performance shares will be forfeited. As forfeiture assumptions change, compensation cost will be adjusted on a cumulative basis in the period of the assumption change. In the fourth quarter of 2006, it was determined that 27,000 performance restricted shares would eventually vest, and, therefore, the Corporation expensed $0.3 million associated for such change in forfeiture estimate for 2006. These shares will remain under restriction for the next two years, and, as such, the Corporation will have additional compensation expense associated with these grants. The grant date fair values of the restricted stock and restricted stock units are based on the market price of the stock at the date of grant. The restricted stock and restricted stock units contain only a service condition, and thus compensation cost is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which ranged from 3.0 years to 10.1 years. As of December 31, 2006, there was $7.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested performance shares, performance restricted shares, restricted stock, and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a period of 4.3 years.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Corporation’s 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) enables eligible employees to purchase the Corporation’s Common stock at a price per share equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Common stock at the beginning or end of each offering period. Each offering period of the ESPP lasts six months, with the first offering period commencing on January 1, 2004. Participation in the offering is limited to 10% of an employee’s base salary (not to exceed amounts allowed under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code), may be terminated at any time by the employee, and automatically ends on termination of employment with the Corporation. A total of 2,000,000 shares of Common stock have been reserved for issuance under the ESPP. The Common stock to satisfy the stock purchases under the ESPP will be newly issued shares of Common stock. During 2006, 195,536 shares were purchased under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2006, there were 1.6 million shares available for future offerings and the Corporation has withheld $2.5 million from employees, the equivalent of 93,000 shares. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the six-month vesting period during which employees perform related services. The Corporation recognized $0.1 million of tax benefit associated with disqualifying dispositions during 2006, all of which was credited to additional paid in capital.
Page 71

The fair value of the employee stock purchase plan options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the weighted-average assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Corporation’s stock. The Corporation uses historical data to estimate the expected term of options granted. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 	 	 	2006	 	 	     	2005	 	 	     	 	2004	 	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	4.82	%	 	 	2.86	%	 	 	 	1.33	%	
Expected volatility	 	 	23.25	%	 	 	30.98	%	 	 	 	23.99	%	
Expected dividend yield	 	 	0.42	%	 	 	0.33	%	 	 	 	0.35	%	
Weighted-average option life (in years)	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	 	0.5	 	
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options	 	 	$6.52   	 	 	$6.68   	 	 	 	$5.61     	

1996 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors and 2005 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors
The 2005 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (“2005 Stock Plan”), approved by the stockholders in 2005, provided for the grant of stock awards and, at the option of the non-employee directors, the deferred payment of regular stipulated compensation and meeting fees in equivalent shares. Under the 2005 Stock Plan, the Corporation’s non-employee directors each receive an annual restricted stock award, which is subject to a three-year restriction period commencing on the date of the grant. For 2006, the value of the award granted in the first quarter was $50,000. These restricted stock awards are subject to forfeiture if the non-employee director resigns or retires by reason of his or her decision not to stand for re-election prior to the lapsing of all restrictions, unless the restrictions are otherwise removed by the Committee on Directors and Governance. The cost of the restricted stock awards will be amortized over the three year restriction period from the date of grant, or such shorter restriction period as determined by the removal of such restrictions. Newly elected non-employee directors also receive a one-time restricted stock award, which during 2006 was valued at $25,000 and awarded in the second quarter. The total number of shares of Common stock available for grant under the 2005 Stock Plan may not exceed 100,000 shares. During 2006, the Corporation awarded 15,320 shares of restricted stock under the 2005 Stock Plan, of which 9,100 shares have been deferred by certain directors.
The 1996 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (“1996 Stock Plan”), approved by the stockholders in 1996, authorized the grant of restricted stock awards and, at the option of the non-employee directors, the deferred payment of regular stipulated compensation and meeting fees in equivalent shares. Pursuant to the terms of the 1996 Stock Plan, non-employee directors received an initial restricted stock grant of 7,224 shares in 1996, which became unrestricted in 2001. Additionally, on the fifth anniversary of the initial grant, those non-employee directors who remained a non-employee director received an additional restricted stock grant equal to the product of increasing $13,300 at an annual rate of 2.96%, compounded monthly from the effective date of the 1996 Stock Plan. In 2001, the amount per director was calculated to be $15,419, representing a total additional grant of 3,110 restricted shares. The cost of the restricted stock awards is being amortized over the five-year restriction period from the date of grant. Prior to the effective date of the 2005 Stock Plan, newly elected non-employee directors received similar compensation under the terms of the 1996 Stock Plan upon their election to the Board.
Pursuant to election by non-employee directors to receive shares in lieu of payment for earned and deferred compensation under the 2005 and 1996 Stock Plans, the Corporation had provided for an aggregate additional 62,988 shares, at an average price of $20.38 as of December 31, 2006. During 2006, the Corporation issued 7,519 shares in compensation pursuant to such elections.
Page 72

13. ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
The Corporation has continued the operation of the ground water and soil remediation activities at the Wood-Ridge, New Jersey, site through 2006. The cost of constructing and operating this site was provided for in 1990 when the Corporation established a reserve to remediate the property. Costs for operating and maintaining this site totaled $0.7 million in 2006, $0.8 million in 2005, and $1.5 million in 2004, all of which have been charged against the previously established reserve. The Corporation increased the remediation reserve by $0.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, based upon revised operating projections. The reserve balance as of December 31, 2006, was $6.0 million. Even though this property was sold in December 2001, the Corporation retained the responsibility for this remediation in accordance with the sale agreement.
The Corporation has been named as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”), as have many other corporations and municipalities, in a number of environmental clean-up sites. The Corporation continues to make progress in resolving these claims through settlement discussions and payments from established reserves. Significant sites remaining open at the end of the year are: Caldwell Trucking landfill superfund site, Fairfield, New Jersey; Sharkey landfill superfund site, Parsippany, New Jersey; Amenia landfill site, Amenia, New York; and Chemsol, Inc. superfund site, Piscataway, New Jersey. The Corporation believes that the outcome for any of these remaining sites will not have a materially adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations or financial condition.
In the first quarter of 2005, the Corporation sold its Fairfield, New Jersey, property, which was formerly an operating facility for the Corporation’s Motion Control segment. Under the sale agreement, the Corporation has retained the responsibility to continue the ongoing environmental remediation on the property. At the date of the sale, remediation costs associated with the Fairfield site were anticipated to be incurred over three to five years with an estimated cost of $1.5 million. Costs for operating and maintaining this site totaled $0.7 million in 2006 and $0.4 million in 2005. During 2006, the Corporation increased the remediation reserve by $0.7 million based upon revised operating projections. As of December 31, 2006, the reserve balance was $1.1 million.
In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Corporation increased the remediation reserve related to the Caldwell Trucking landfill superfund site by $4.4 million. The increase related to the estimated groundwater remediation for this site, which could span over 30 years. During 2006, the Corporation increased the remediation reserve by $0.6 million based upon revised operating projections. Through 2006, the majority of the costs for this site have been for the soil remediation.
In 2003, the Corporation responded to a U.S. EPA Request For Information concerning the Lower Passaic River site. The Corporation subsequently joined a cooperating parties group to share costs relating to the site and in 2004 signed an agreement with the other group members providing for an EPA study of the site. In 2006, the Corporation withdrew from the cooperating parties group after determining that its operations did not contribute materially to the conditions of the Lower Passaic River site.
The Corporation maintains several Nuclear Regulatory Commission (“NRC”) licenses necessary for the continued operation of one operating facility. In connection with these licenses, the NRC requires financial assurance from the Corporation in the form of a parent company guarantee representing estimated environmental decommissioning and remediation costs associated with the commercial operations covered by the licenses. In addition, the Corporation has obligations for additional environmental remediation costs at this facility, which are ongoing. As of December 31, 2006, the balance in this reserve is $10.7 million. The Corporation obtained partial environmental insurance coverage specifically for this facility. The policy provides coverage for losses due to on or off-site pollution conditions, which are pre-existing and unknown.
The Corporation’s aggregate environmental obligation at December 31, 2006 was $23.7 million compared to $25.3 million at December 31, 2005. Approximately 75% of the Corporation’s environmental reserves as of December 31, 2006 represent the current value of anticipated remediation costs and are not discounted primarily due to the uncertainty of timing of expenditures. The remaining environmental reserves are discounted using a rate of 4% to reflect the time value of money since the amount and timing of cash payments for the liability are reliably determinable. All environmental reserves exclude any potential recovery from insurance carriers or third-party legal actions. As of December 31, 2006, the undiscounted cash flows associated with the discounted reserves were $9.5 million and are anticipated to be paid over the next 30 years.
Page 73

14. PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS
The Corporation maintains nine separate and distinct pension and other postretirement benefit plans, consisting of six domestic pension and other postretirement benefit plans and three separate foreign pension plans. The Corporation maintains the following domestic plans: a qualified pension plan, a non-qualified pension plan, and a postretirement health-benefits plan (the “Curtiss-Wright Plans”). As a result of the acquisition of EMD in 2002, the Corporation obtained three unfunded pension and postretirement benefit plans (the “EMD Plans”), similar in nature to those listed above. The unfunded status of the acquired EMD Plans was recorded as a liability at the date of acquisition. During 2003, the funds associated with the qualified pension plans of both the Curtiss-Wright Plans and EMD Plans were placed under a master trust fund, from which the Corporation directs the investment strategy for both plans.
The foreign plans consist of two defined benefit pension plans in the United Kingdom and one plan in Canada as further described below.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (“FAS 158”). This statement requires companies to recognize a net liability or asset to report the funded status of their defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans (“the Plans”), with the offsetting adjustment recorded to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax. The financial statements and accompanying disclosures reflect the initial recognition of the funded status as of December 31, 2006, and include additional disclosures required by the statement. The following table is a summary of the effects of the transition to FAS 158:
Incremental Effect of Applying FAS 158
on Individual Line Items in the Statement of Financial Position
 as of December 31, 2006

 	 	Before	 	 	 	After	
 	 	Application of	 	 	 	Application of	
 	 	Statement 158	Adjustments	Statement 158	
 	
Prepaid pension costs	 	$	71,115	 	$	21,147	 	$	92,262	 	
Total assets	 	 	1,571,009	 	 	21,147	 	 	1,592,156	 	
Other current liabilities	 	 	19,606	 	 	2,281	 	 	21,887	 	
Accrued pension & other postretirement benefit costs	 	 	75,862	 	 	(4,856	)	 	71,006	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	48,019	 	 	9,036	 	 	57,055	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive income	 	 	41,120	 	 	14,686	 	 	55,806	 	
Total stockholders' equity	 	 	747,388	 	 	14,686	 	 	762,074	 	

Domestic Plans

The Curtiss-Wright Plans
The Corporation maintains a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees other than those employees covered by the EMD Pension Plan described below. The Curtiss-Wright Retirement Plan (the “CW Pension Plan”) formula for non-union employees is based on years of credited service and the five highest consecutive years’ compensation during the last ten years of service and a “cash balance” benefit. Union employees who have negotiated a benefit under the CW Pension Plan are entitled to a benefit based on years of service multiplied by a monthly pension rate. Employees become participants under the CW Pension Plan after one year of service and are vested after five years of service. At December 31, 2006, the Corporation had prepaid pension costs of $92.3 million, including the impact of FAS 158. At December 31, 2005, the Corporation had prepaid pension costs of $76.0 million. Due to the funded status, the Corporation does not expect to contribute funds to the CW Pension Plan in 2007.
Page 74

The Corporation also maintains a non-qualified restoration plan (the “CW Restoration Plan”) covering those employees whose compensation or benefits exceed the IRS limitation for pension benefits. Benefits under the CW Restoration Plan are not funded, and, as such, the Corporation had an accrued pension liability of $1.9 million as of December 31, 2006 including the impact of FAS 158. At December 31, 2005, the Corporation had an accrued liability of $0.7 million. The Corporation’s contributions to the CW Restoration Plan are not expected to be material in 2007.
The Corporation provides postretirement health benefits to certain employees (the “CW Retirement Plan”). In 2002, the Corporation restructured the postretirement medical benefits for certain active employees, effectively freezing the plan. The obligation associated with these active employees was transferred to the CW Pension Plan. The plan continues to be maintained for retired employees. As of December 31, 2006, the Corporation had an accrued postretirement benefit liability of $0.8 million including the impact of FAS 158. At December 31, 2005, the accrued liability was $1.0 million. Benefits under the plan are not funded. The Corporation’s contributions to the CW Retirement Plan are not expected to be material in 2007.
The EMD Plans
The Corporation maintains the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation Pension Plan (the “EMD Pension Plan”), a qualified contributory defined benefit pension plan that covers all Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation employees. The EMD Pension Plan covers both union and non-union employees and is designed to satisfy the requirements of relevant collective bargaining agreements. Employee contributions are withheld each pay period and are equal to 1.5% of salary. The benefits under the EMD Pension Plan are based on years of service and compensation. At December 31, 2006 the Corporation had an accrued pension liability of $32.9 million, including the impact of FAS 158. At December 31, 2005, the accrued liability for the EMD Pension Plan was $30.5 million. The Corporation expects to contribute $3.2 million, the estimated minimum required amount, to the EMD Pension Plan in 2007.
Contributions are expected to decrease in 2007 due to the anticipated merger of the CW and EMD Pension Plans. The plan amendment was executed in February 2007 with an effective date retroactive to January 1, 2007. The merger has no effect on the level of plan benefits provided to participants or the management of plan assets since the funds for both plans were historically managed under one master trust.
The Corporation maintains the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation Non-Qualified Plan (the “EMD Supplemental Plan”), a non-qualified, non-contributory, non-funded supplemental retirement plan for eligible EMD key executives. The EMD Supplemental Plan provides for periodic payments upon retirement that are based on total compensation (including amounts in excess of qualified plan limits) and years of service and are reduced by benefits earned from certain other pension plans in which the executives participate. At December 31, 2006, the Corporation had an accrued pension liability of $2.6 million, including the impact of FAS 158. At December 31, 2005, the accrued liability for the EMD Supplemental Plan was $2.5 million. The Corporation’s contributions to the EMD Supplemental Plan are not expected to be material in 2007.
The Corporation, through an administration agreement with Westinghouse, maintains the Westinghouse Government Services Group Welfare Benefits Plan (the “EMD Retirement Plan”), a retiree health and life insurance plan for substantially all of the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation employees. The EMD Retirement Plan provides basic health and welfare coverage on a non-contributory basis. Benefits are based on years of service and are subject to certain caps. The Corporation had an accrued postretirement benefit liability at December 31, 2006 of $28.8 million, including the impact of FAS 158. At December 31, 2005, the accrued liability of the EMD Retirement Plan was $39.5 million. Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Corporation has a discounted receivable from Washington Group International to reimburse the Corporation for a portion of these postretirement benefit costs. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the discounted receivable included in other assets was $4.5 million and $4.9 million, respectively. The Corporation expects to contribute $2.0 million to the EMD Retirement Plan during 2007.
Page 75

Foreign Plans
Indal Technologies Hourly Plan (Canada)
The Pension Plan for Hourly Employees of Indal Technologies, Inc. (“Indal Plan”) commenced on March 1, 2005 in connection with the acquisition of Indal by the Corporation. This non-contributory defined benefit plan provides monthly benefits to eligible members equal to a member’s credited service multiplied by a fixed dollar amount. As of December 31, 2006, the Corporation had an accrued pension liability of $0.2 million (including the impact of FAS 158), while at December 31, 2005 the Corporation had a prepaid asset of $0.2 million. The Corporation’s contributions to the Indal Plan are not expected to be material in 2007.
Metal Improvement Company – Salaried Staff Pension Scheme (U.K.)
The Corporation maintains the Salaried Staff Pension scheme (“MIC Plan”) for the benefit of Metal Treatment employees in the U.K. This contributory plan provides defined benefits to eligible members equal to one-sixtieth of final pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service. Members contribute at the rate of 6% of their pensionable salary and the Corporation funds the balance of the cost to provide benefits. Members are eligible for early retirement with reduced benefits. The plan provides for early retirement at reduced benefits, and is closed to new entrants. As of December 31, 2006, the Corporation had an accrued pension liability of $4.7 million, including the impact of FAS 158. At December 31, 2005, the accrued liability was $0.3 million. The Corporation’s contributions to the MIC Plan are expected to be approximately $1.5 million in 2007.
Penny & Giles Pension Plan (U.K.)
The Penny & Giles Pension Plan (“P&G Plan”) is a contributory plan that provides for both defined benefit and defined contribution benefits. Defined benefit members are entitled to final salary related benefits equal to one-sixtieth of final pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service. The P&G Plan provides for early retirement at reduced benefits, and is closed to new entrants. The following disclosures include information for the Penny & Giles defined benefit section only, which represents the majority of the P&G Plan’s costs. As of December 31, 2006, the Corporation had an accrued pension liability of $1.4 million, including the impact of FAS 158. At December 31, 2005, the accrued liability for the plan was $0.3 million. The Corporation’s contributions to the P&G Plan are expected to be approximately $1.1 million in 2007.
In the following table, the pension benefits information is a consolidated disclosure of all domestic and foreign plans described above. The postretirement benefits information includes the domestic CW and EMD postretirement benefit plans, as there are no foreign postretirement benefit plans.
Page 76

 	 	 	Pension Benefits	 	 	 	Postretirement Benefits	 	
(In thousands)	 	 	2006	 	     	 	2005	 	     	 	2006	 	     	 	2005	 	
Change in benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	 	$	305,599	 	 	$	283,234	 	 	$	30,680	 	 	$	38,320	 	
Service cost	 	 	19,408	 	 	 	16,251	 	 	 	530	 	 	 	569	 	
Interest cost	 	 	17,714	 	 	 	17,545	 	 	 	1,645	 	 	 	1,816	 	
Plan participants' contributions	 	 	1,595	 	 	 	1,564	 	 	 	340	 	 	 	189	 	
Amendments	 	 	2,086	 	 	 	343	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
Actuarial loss (gain)	 	 	(108	)	 	 	9,464	 	 	 	(1,591	)	 	 	(8,330	)	
Benefits paid	 	 	(23,069	)	 	 	(20,669	)	 	 	(1,972	)	 	 	(1,884	)	
Settlements	 	 	(1,301	)	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
Special termination benefits	 	 	723	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
Currency translation adjustments	 	 	3,181	 	 	 	(2,133	)	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
Benefit obligation at end of year	 	 	325,828	 	 	 	305,599	 	 	 	29,632	 	 	 	30,680	 	
 	
Change in plan assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	 	 	352,239	 	 	 	314,430	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
Actual return on plan assets	 	 	32,211	 	 	 	45,584	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
Employer contribution	 	 	9,632	 	 	 	12,787	 	 	 	1,632	 	 	 	1,695	 	
Plan participants' contribution	 	 	1,595	 	 	 	1,564	 	 	 	340	 	 	 	189	 	
Benefits paid	 	 	(23,069	)	 	 	(20,669	)	 	 	(1,972	)	 	 	(1,884	)	
Settlements	 	 	(1,301	)	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
Currency translation adjustments	 	 	2,371	 	 	 	(1,457	)	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	 	 	373,678	 	 	 	352,239	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
 	
Funded status	 	 	47,850	 	 	 	46,640	 	 	 	(29,632	)	 	 	(30,680	)	
 	
Amounts recognized in the statement of financial	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
position consist of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Noncurrent assets	 	 	92,262	 	 	 	76,202	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	–	 	
Current liabilities	 	 	(157	)	 	 	–	 	 	 	(2,124	)	 	 	–	 	
Noncurrent liabilities	 	 	(43,494	)	 	 	(34,283	)	 	 	(27,508	)	 	 	(40,509	)	
Net amount recognized in statement of financial	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
position:	 	$	48,611	 	 	$	41,919	 	 	$	(29,632	)	 	$	(40,509	)	
 	
Amounts recognized in accumulated other financial	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
comprehensive income consist of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net actuarial loss (gain)	 	 	(13,431	)	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	(10,877	)	 	 	N/A	 	
Prior service cost (credit)	 	 	3,366	 	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	N/A	 	
Net amount recognized in accumulated OCI	 	$	(10,065	)	 	 	N/A	 	 	$	(10,877	)	 	 	N/A	 	
 	
Amounts in AOCI expected to be recognized	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
in net periodic cost in the coming year:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loss (gain) recognition	 	 	421	 	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	(522	)	 	 	N/A	 	
Prior service cost recognition	 	 	452	 	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	–	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated benefit obligation	 	$	283,005	 	 	$	270,594	 	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	
Information for pension plans with an accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
benefit obligation in excess of plan assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Projected benefit obligation	 	 	171,824	 	 	 	159,789	 	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	N/A	 	
Accumulated benefit obligation	 	 	155,457	 	 	 	143,227	 	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	N/A	 	
Fair value of plan assets	 	 	129,132	 	 	 	114,348	 	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted-average assumptions in determination of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate	 	 	5.91	%	 	 	5.70	%	 	 	5.99	%	 	 	5.74	%	
Rate of compensation increase	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	3.54	%	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Health care cost trends:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
          Rate assumed for subsequent year	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	11.50	%	 	 	13.00	%	
          Ultimate rate reached in 2010	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	N/A	 	 	 	5.50	%	 	 	5.50	%	
Measurement date	 	 	September 30	 	 	October 31	 	 	 	September 30	 	 	 	October 31	 	

Page 77

The following table details the components of net periodic pension expense for all Pension Plans:

Components of net periodic benefit expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 (In thousands)	 	 	2006	 	 	 	2005	 	 	 	2004	 	
Service cost	 	$	19,408	 	 	$	16,251	 	 	$	14,419	 	
Interest cost	 	 	17,714	 	 	 	17,573	 	 	 	15,755	 	
Expected return on plan assets	 	 	(26,581	)	 	 	(25,637	)	 	 	(25,089	)	
Amortization of prior service cost	 	 	452	 	 	 	151	 	 	 	112	 	
Amortization of transition obligation	 	 	(4	)	 	 	(4	)	 	 	(4	)	
Recognized net actuarial loss	 	 	510	 	 	 	406	 	 	 	33	 	
Cost of settlement	 	 	832	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	257	 	
Special termination benefits	 	 	723	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	
Net periodic benefit expense	 	$	13,054	 	 	$	8,740	 	 	$	5,483	 	
 	
Weighted-average assumptions in determination of net periodic	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
benefit cost:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                    Discount rate	 	 	5.70	%	 	 	5.98	%	 	 	6.12	%	
                    Expected return on plan assets	 	 	8.45	%	 	 	8.46	%	 	 	8.49	%	
                    Rate of compensation increase	 	 	3.54	%	 	 	3.51	%	 	 	3.37	%	

The “Cost of settlement” and “Special termination benefits” indicated above represent events that are accounted for under SFAS No. 88, "Employers' Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits" (“FAS 88”). The settlement charge is resulting from the retirement of a key executive and his subsequent election to receive his pension benefit as a single lump sum payout. As a result of this single lump sum payout, special settlement requirements under FAS 88 have been triggered. The special termination benefits charge resulted from benefits offered for a limited period of time to certain employees in the Motion Control segment who were subject to a reduction in workforce with the Corporation during 2006. Consistent with the requirements of FAS 88, this liability is to be recognized when the employees accept the offer and the amount can be reasonably estimated.
The following table details the components of net periodic expense for the CW and EMD Retirement Plans:

(In thousands)	 	 	2006	 	 	 	2005	 	 	 	2004	 	
Service cost	 	$	530	 	 	$	569	 	 	$	789	 	
Interest cost	 		1,645	 	 	 	1,816	 	 	 	2,395	 	
Recognized net actuarial gain	 	 	(533	)	 	 	(397	)	 	 	(73	)	
Net periodic benefit expense	 	$	1,642	 	 	$	1,988	 	 	$	3,111	 	
 	
Weighted-average assumptions in determination of net periodic benefit	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
cost:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
            Discount rate	 	 	5.74	%	 	 	5.98	%	 	 	6.24	%	
            Health care cost trends:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                          Current year rate	 	 	13.00	%	 	 	9.70	%	 	 	11.40	%	
                          Ultimate rate reached in 2010, 2010, and 2007, respectively	 	 	5.50	%	 	 	5.50	%	 	 	6.16	%	

The effect on the CW and EMD Retirement Plans of a 1% change in the health care cost trend is as follows:

(In thousands)	 	1% Increase	          	1% Decrease	
Total service and interest cost components	 	$	344	 	 	$	(275	)	
Postretirement benefit obligation	 	$	3,806	 	 	$	(3,149	)	

Page 78

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid from the plans:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	EMD	 	 	 	
 	 	Pension	 	Postretirement	Subsidy	 	 	 	
(In thousands)	 	Plans	  	Plans	  	Receipts	Total	
2007	 	  $	19,180	 	$	2,275	 	$ (108)	  	$	21,347	 	
2008	 	 	19,500	 	 	2,317	 	(113)	 	 	21,704	 	
2009	 	 	19,898	 	 	2,248	 	(118)	 	 	22,028	 	
2010	 	 	20,066	 	 	2,314	 	(125)	 	 	22,255	 	
2011	 	 	20,639	 	 	2,337	 	(131)	 	 	22,845	 	
2012 - 2016	 	 	114,864	 	 	11,522	 	(759)	 	 	125,627	 	

Pension Plan Assets
The Corporation maintains the funds of the CW Pension Plan and the EMD Pension Plan under one master trust. The Corporation’s retirement plans are diversified across investment classes and among investment managers in order to achieve an optimal balance between risk and return. In accordance with this policy, the Corporation has established target allocations for each asset class and ranges of expected exposure. The Corporation’s retirement assets are invested within this allocation structure in three major categories: domestic equity securities, international equity securities, and debt securities. Below are the Corporation’s actual and established target allocations:

 	 	As of December 31,	Target	Expected	
Asset class	 	2006	 	2005	 	Exposure	Range	
Domestic equities	 	52%	 	54%	 	50%	 	40% - 60%	
International equities	 	20%	 	15%	 	15%	 	10% - 20%	
Total equity	 	72%	 	69%	 	65%	 	55% - 75%	
Fixed income	 	28%	 	31%	 	35%	 	25% - 45%	
Cash	 	0%	 	0%	 	0%	 	0% - 10%	

The Corporation may from time to time require the reallocation of assets in order to bring the retirement plans into conformity with these ranges. The Corporation may also authorize alterations or deviations from these ranges where appropriate for achieving the objectives of the retirement plans. The Corporation’s investment policy does not permit its investment manager to invest plan funds in the Corporation’s stock.
The long-term investment objective of the domestic retirement plans is to achieve a total rate of return, net of fees, which exceeds the actuarial overall expected return on assets assumption of 8.5% used for funding purposes and which provides an appropriate premium over inflation. The intermediate-term objective of the domestic retirement plans, defined as three to five years, is to outperform each of the capital markets in which assets are invested, net of fees. During periods of extreme market volatility, preservation of capital takes a higher precedence than outperforming the capital markets.
Page 79

The overall expected return on assets assumption used in the calculation of annual net periodic benefit cost is based on a combination of the historical performance of the pension fund and expectations of future performance. The historical returns are determined using the market-related value of assets, includes the recognition of realized and unrealized gains and losses over a five-year period. Over the last ten years the market-related value of assets had an average annual yield of 10.2%, whereas the actual returns averaged 9.5% during the same period. Given the uncertainties of the current economic and geopolitical landscape, the Corporation considers 8.5% to be a reasonable assumption of future long-term investment returns. While the Corporation takes into account historical performance, its assumptions also consider the forward-looking long-term outlook for the capital markets.
Foreign plan assets represent 6.5% of consolidated plan assets, with the majority of the assets supporting the U.K. plans. The foreign plans follow a similar asset allocation strategy, with a weighted expected return on assets assumption of 7.5%.
Other Pension and Postretirement Plans
The Corporation offers all of its domestic employees the opportunity to participate in a defined contribution plan. Costs incurred by the Corporation in the administration and record keeping of the defined contribution plan are paid for by the Corporation and are not considered material.
In addition, the Corporation had foreign pension costs under various defined contribution plans of $2.8 million, $2.3 million, and $1.5 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
15. LEASES
The Corporation conducts a portion of its operations from leased facilities, which include manufacturing and service facilities, administrative offices, and warehouses. In addition, the Corporation leases automobiles, machinery, and office equipment under operating leases. The leases expire at various dates and may include renewals and escalations. Rental expenses for all operating leases amounted to $21.3 million in 2006, $21.9 million in 2005, and $18.5 million in 2004.
At December 31, 2006, the approximate future minimum rental commitments under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 	Rental	
(In thousands)	Commitment	
2007	$	16,895	 	
2008	 	15,152	 	
2009	 	12,617	 	
2010	 	9,947	 	
2011	 	7,503	 	
Thereafter	 	17,566	 	
Total	$	79,680	 	

16. INDUSTRY SEGMENTS
The Corporation manages and evaluates its operations based on the products and services it offers and the different markets it serves. Based on this approach, the Corporation has three reportable segments: Flow Control, Motion Control, and Metal Treatment. The Flow Control segment primarily designs, manufactures, distributes, and services a broad range of highly engineered flow control products for severe service military and commercial applications. The Motion Control segment primarily designs, develops, and manufactures mechanical systems, drive systems, and electronic controls and sensors mainly for the aerospace and defense industries. Metal Treatment provides various metallurgical services, principally shot peening, coatings, and heat treating. The segment provides these services to a broad spectrum of customers in various industries, including aerospace, automotive, construction equipment, oil and gas, petrochemical, and metal working.
Page 80

The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Interest expense and income taxes are not reported on an operating segment basis because they are not considered in the performance evaluation by the Corporation’s chief operating decision-maker, its Chairman and CEO.
Sales to one customer of the Flow Control segment through which the Corporation is a subcontractor to the U.S. Government were 9% of consolidated revenues in 2006, 10% in 2005, and 13% in 2004. During 2006, 2005, and 2004, the Corporation had no commercial customer representing more than 10% of consolidated revenue.

Consolidated Industry Segment	Flow	 	Motion	 	Metal	 	Segment	 	Corporate	 	 	 	 	 	
        Information: (In thousands)	Control	 	Control	 	Treatment	 	Total	 	and Other (1)	 	 	Consolidated	 	
Year Ended December 31, 2006:	 	 	     	 	 	     	 	 	     	 	 	     	 	 	 	     	 	 	 	
Revenue from external customers	$	548,121	 	$	509,462	 	$	224,572	 	$	1,282,155	 	$	—	 	 	$	1,282,155	 	
Intersegment revenues	 	14	 	 	1,282	 	 	814	 	 	2,110	 	 	(2,110	)	 	 	—	 	
Operating income (expense)	 	60,542	 	 	55,242	 	 	42,385	 	 	158,169	 	 	(17,541	)	 	 	140,628	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        expense	 	18,367	 	 	20,298	 	 	12,005	 	 	50,670	 	 	121	 	 	 	50,791	 	
Segment assets	 	495,000	 	 	695,219	 	 	222,745	 	 	1,412,964	 	 	179,192	 	 	 	1,592,156	 	
Capital expenditures	 	14,017	 	 	12,333	 	 	12,694	 	 	39,044	 	 	1,158	 	 	 	40,202	 	
Year Ended December 31, 2005:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue from external customers	$	466,546	 	$	465,451	 	$	198,931	 	$	1,130,928	 	$	—	 	 	$	1,130,928	 	
Intersegment revenues	 	—	 	 	548	 	 	545	 	 	1,093	 	 	(1,093	)	 	 	„Ÿ	 	
Operating income (expense)	 	54,509	 	 	50,485	 	 	34,470	 	 	139,464	 	 	(1,482	)	 	 	137,982	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        expense	 	17,307	 	 	19,572	 	 	10,836	 	 	47,715	 	 	136	 	 	 	47,851	 	
Segment assets	 	440,550	 	 	653,037	 	 	194,279	 	 	1,287,866	 	 	112,419	 	 	 	1,400,285	 	
Capital expenditures	 	16,459	 	 	12,966	 	 	12,919	 	 	42,344	 	 	100	 	 	 	42,444	 	
Year Ended December 31, 2004:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue from external customers	$	388,139	 	$	388,576	 	$	178,324	 	$	955,039	 	$	—	 	 	$	955,039	 	
Intersegment revenues	 	—	 	 	144	 	 	555	 	 	699	 	 	(699	)	 	 	„Ÿ	 	
Operating income (expense)	 	44,451	 	 	44,893	 	 	28,111	 	 	117,455	 	 	(7,114	)	 	 	110,341	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        expense	 	15,884	 	 	14,214	 	 	10,381	 	 	40,479	 	 	263	 	 	 	40,742	 	
Segment assets	 	415,504	 	 	576,275	 	 	194,706	 	 	1,186,485	 	 	91,955	 	 	 	1,278,440	 	
Capital expenditures	 	10,420	 	 	10,171	 	 	11,728	 	 	32,319	 	 	133	 	 	 	32,452	 	

(1) Operating expense for Corporate and Other includes pension expense, environmental remediation and administrative expenses, legal, and other expenses. 
 	
Reconciliations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the years ended December 31, (In thousands)	 	 	2006	 	 	 	2005	 	 	 	2004	 	
Revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total segment revenue	 	$	1,282,155	 	 	$	1,130,928	 	 	$	955,039	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	 	2,110	 	 	 	1,093	 	 	 	699	 	
Elimination of intersegment revenue	 	 	(2,110	)	 	 	(1,093	)	 	 	(699	)	
                    Total consolidated revenues	 	$	1,282,155	 	 	$	1,130,928	 	 	$	955,039	 	
 	
Earnings before taxes:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total segment operating income	 	$	158,169	 	 	$	139,464	 	 	$	117,455	 	
Corporate and administrative	 	 	(17,541	)	 	 	(1,482	)	 	 	(7,114	)	
Other income, net	 	 	(112	)	 	 	299	 	 	 	443	 	
Interest expense	 	 	(22,894	)	 	 	(19,983	)	 	 	(12,031	)	
                    Total consolidated earnings before tax	 	$	117,622	 	 	$	118,298	 	 	$	98,753	 	

Page 81

 	
Reconciliations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the years ended December 31, (In thousands)	 	2006	 	 	 	2005	 	 	 	2004		 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Total assets for reportable segments	$	1,412,964	 	 	$	1,287,866	 	 	$	1,186,485	 		
Pension assets	 	92,021	 	 	 	76,002	 	 	 	77,802	 		
Non-segment cash	 	75,068	 	 	 	24,995	 	 	 	545	 		
Other assets	 	12,103	 	 	 	11,422	 	 	 	13,608	 		
                    Total consolidated assets	$	1,592,156	 	 	$	1,400,285	 	 	$	1,278,440	 		

The following table presents geographical information of the Corporation’s revenues and property, plant, and equipment based on the location of the customer and the assets, respectively:

December 31, (In thousands)	2006	 	2005	 	2004	 	
 	 	 	 	Long-Lived	 	 	 	 	Long-Lived	 	 	 	 	Long-Lived	 	
 	 	Revenues	     	Assets	     	 	Revenues	 	Assets	     	 	Revenues	     	Assets	 	
Geographic Information:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	     	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States of America	$	966,296	 	$	189,331	 	$	864,465	 	$	182,277	 	$	735,356	 	$	181,708	 	
United Kingdom	 	111,678	 	 	60,426	 	 	109,659	 	 	49,796	 	 	92,541	 	 	52,568	 	
Canada	 	48,995	 	 	29,055	 	 	38,595	 	 	26,286	 	 	20,675	 	 	14,136	 	
Other foreign countries	 	155,186	 	 	17,840	 	 	118,209	 	 	16,462	 	 	106,467	 	 	16,831	 	
Consolidated total	$	1,282,155	 	$	296,652	 	$	1,130,928	 	$	274,821	 	$	955,039	 	$	265,243	 	

17. CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS
The Corporation, through its Flow Control segment, has several NRC licenses necessary for the continued operation of its commercial nuclear operations. In connection with these licenses, the NRC required financial assurance from the Corporation in the form of a parent company guarantee, representing estimated environmental decommissioning and remediation costs associated with the commercial operations covered by the licenses. The guarantee for the decommissioning costs of the refurbishment facility, which is estimated for 2017, is $3.1 million. See Note 13 for further information.
The Corporation enters into standby letters of credit agreements with financial institutions and customers primarily relating to guarantees of repayment on certain Industrial Revenue Bonds, future performance on certain contracts to provide products and services, and to secure advance payments the Corporation has received from certain international customers. At December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, the Corporation had contingent liabilities on outstanding letters of credit of $37.8 million, $32.2 million, and $19.4 million, respectively.
In January of 2007, a former executive was awarded approximately $9.0 million in punitive and compensatory damages plus legal costs related to a gender bias lawsuit filed in 2003. The Corporation has recorded a $6.5 million reserve related to the lawsuit and intends to appeal the verdict. The Corporation has determined that it is probable that the punitive damages verdict will be reversed on appeal, therefore no reserve has been recorded for that portion.
Consistent with other entities its size, the Corporation is party to a number of legal actions and claims, none of which individually or in the aggregate, in the opinion of management, are expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations or financial position.
18. GAIN ON THE SALE OF REAL ESTATE
On March 17, 2005, the Corporation completed the sale of its Fairfield, New Jersey property, a former operating property, for $10.5 million. The property encompasses approximately 39 acres and was formerly an operating facility for the Corporation's Motion Control segment now located in Shelby, North Carolina. As a result of the sale, the Corporation recognized a pre-tax gain of $2.8 million in the first quarter of 2005, which is recorded in operating income in the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Page 82

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

(In thousands, except per share data)	 	First	     	Second	     	Third	     	Fourth	 	
2006	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	282,552	 	$	309,635	 	$	311,801	 	$	378,167	 	
Gross profit	 	 	92,061	 	 	105,553	 	 	106,018	 	 	127,447	 	
Net earnings	 	 	12,278	 	 	21,092	 	 	20,356	 	 	26,843	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
    Basic earnings per share	 	$	0.28	 	$	0.48	 	$	0.46	 	$	0.61	 	
    Diluted earnings per share	 	 	0.28	 	 	0.48	 	 	0.46	 	 	0.60	 	
Dividends per share	 	 	0.06	 	 	0.06	 	 	0.06	 	 	0.06	 	
 	
2005	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	258,487	 	$	283,193	 	$	271,355	 	$	317,893	 	
Gross profit	 	 	85,769	 	 	100,299	 	 	93,515	 	 	110,929	 	
Net earnings	 	 	14,523	 	 	17,934	 	 	17,519	 	 	25,304	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
    Basic earnings per share	 	$	0.34	 	$	0.41	 	$	0.40	 	$	0.58	 	
    Diluted earnings per share	 	 	0.33	 	 	0.41	 	 	0.40	 	 	0.58	 	
Dividends per share	 	 	0.05	 	 	0.05	 	 	0.05	 	 	0.06	 	

See notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional financial information.
Page 83

Report of the Corporation
The consolidated financial statements appearing in Item 8 of this Form 10-K have been prepared by the Corporation in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The financial statements necessarily include some amounts that are based on the best estimates and judgments of the Corporation. Other financial information in the Annual Report on Form 10-K is consistent with that in the financial statements.
The Corporation maintains accounting systems, procedures, and internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that transactions are executed in accordance with the appropriate corporate authorization and are properly recorded. The accounting systems and internal accounting controls are augmented by written policies and procedures; organizational structure providing for a division of responsibilities; selection and training of qualified personnel; and an internal audit program. The design, monitoring, and revision of internal accounting control systems involve, among other things, management’s judgment with respect to the relative cost and expected benefits of specific control measures. Management of the Corporation has completed an assessment of the Corporation’s internal controls over financial reporting and has included “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” in Item 9A of this Form 10-K.
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, performed an audit of the Corporation’s financial statements that also included forming an opinion on management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting as well as the effectiveness of such controls for the year ended December 31, 2006. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. The objective of their audit is the expression of an opinion on the fairness of the presentation of the Corporation’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, in all material respects, on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, and on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed entirely of directors who are independent of the Corporation, appoints the independent auditors for ratification by stockholders and, among other things, considers the scope of the independent auditors’ examination, the audit results, and the adequacy of internal accounting controls of the Corporation. The independent auditors and the internal auditor have direct access to the Audit Committee, and they meet with the committee from time to time, with and without management present, to discuss accounting, auditing, non-audit consulting services, internal control, and financial reporting matters.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Curtiss-Wright Corporation
Roseland, New Jersey
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Curtiss-Wright Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Page 84

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2006 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 123(R) Share-Based Payment. Also as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) as of December 31, 2006.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management's assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey
February 26, 2007
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Curtiss-Wright Corporation
Roseland, New Jersey
We have audited management's assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Curtiss-Wright Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management's assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Page 85

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, management's assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 of the Company and our report dated February 26, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 123(R) Share-Based Payment on January 1, 2006 and SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) as of December 31, 2006.
s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey
February 26, 2007
Page 86

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls And Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 31, 2006, the Corporation’s management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based on such evaluation, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective, in all material respects, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Corporation files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported as and when required.
Management’s Annual Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Corporation’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of the future effectiveness of controls currently deemed effective are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures.
The Corporation’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. In making this assessment, the Corporation’s management used the criteria established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.
Management believes that, as of December 31, 2006, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the established criteria.
The Corporation’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and their report thereon is included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting during the most recently completed fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information.
None.
Page 87

PART III
The information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the registrant's definitive proxy statement relating to the annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 4, 2007, which definitive proxy statement shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates. Information required by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K is included in Part I of this report under the caption “Executive Officers” and information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is included in Part II of this report under the caption “Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans”.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule.

 (a)	 	 	 	Financial Statements and Footnotes	 	Page	 	
 	
 	1	.	 	The following are documents filed as part of this report in Part II, Item 8:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Consolidated Statement of Earnings	 	46	
 	 	 	 	Consolidated Balance Sheet	 	47	
 	 	 	 	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows	 	48	
 	 	 	 	Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity	 	49	
 	 	 	 	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	 	50	
 	
 	2	.	          	Financial Statement Schedule	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	 	92	
 	
 	 	 	 	All other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are either not	 	 	
 	 	 	 	required, not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Statements or Notes thereto.	 	 	
 	
(b)          	 	 	 	Exhibits	 	 	
 	
 	 	 	 	2.1          	Agreement and Plan of Merger and Recapitalization, dated as of February 1, 2005, by and	
 	 	 	 	 	between the Registrant and CW Merger Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit	
 	 	 	 	 	2.1 to Form 8-K filed February 3, 2005).	 	 	
 	
 	 	 	 	3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Form 8-	
 	 	 	 	 	A/A filed May 24, 2005).	 	 	
 	
 	 	 	 	3.2	Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Form 8-A/A filed May 24,	
 	 	 	 	 	2005).	 	 	
 	
 	 	 	 	3.3	Form of stock certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Form 8-A/A	
 	 	 	 	 	filed May 24,2005).	 	 	
 	
 	 	 	 	4.1	Agreement to furnish to the Commission upon request a copy of any long-term debt	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	instrument where the amount of the securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10%	
 	 	 	 	 	of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,	
 	 	 	 	 	1985).	 	 	
 	
 	 	 	 	4.2	Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated July 23, 2004, between	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Registrant, the Lenders parties thereto from time to time, the Issuing Banks referred to	
 	 	 	 	 	therein and The Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form	
 	 	 	 	 	10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).	 	 	

Page 88

                           	4.3          	Second Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2005, between the	
 	 	Registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent	
 	 	(incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A filed May 24, 2005).	
 	
 	10.1	Modified Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended November 9, 1989 (incorporated by	
 	 	reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1989).*	
 	
 	10.2	Curtiss-Wright Corporation 2005 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by	
 	 	reference to Appendix B to Proxy Statement filed April 5, 2005).*	
 	
 	10.3	Form of Long Term Incentive Award Agreement, dated January 1, 2006, between the	
 	 	Registrant and the executive officers of the Registrant ( incorporated by reference to	
 	 	Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).*	
 	
 	10.4	Revised Standard Employment Severance Agreement with Certain Management of the	
 	 	Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended	
 	 	June 30, 2001).*	
 	
 	10.5	Retirement Benefits Restoration Plan as amended April 15, 1997 (incorporated by	
 	 	reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 1997).*	
 	
 	10.6	Restated and Amended Curtiss-Wright Corporation Retirement Plan and Instrument of	
 	 	Amendment No. 1, as amended through February 28, 2002 (incorporated by reference to	
 	 	Exhibit (10)(v) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001), and Instrument of	
 	 	Amendment No. 2 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-Q for the quarter	
 	 	ended September 30, 2004).*	
 	
 	10.7	Restated and Amended Curtiss-Wright Corporation Savings and Investment Plan, dated	
 	 	February 28, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(v) to Form 10-K for the	
 	 	year ended December 31, 2001).*	
 	
 	10.8	Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation Retirement Plan, dated October 29, 2002	
 	 	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(vii) to Form 10-K for the year ended December	
  	 	31, 2002).*	
 	
 	10.9	Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation Savings Plan, dated January 1, 2004	
 	 	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(xviii) to Form 10-K for the year ended	
 	 	December 31, 2003).*	
 	
 	10.1	Instruments of Amendment Nos. 2 through 5 to the Curtiss-Wright Corporation	
 	 	Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter	
 	 	ended June 30, 2005).*	
 	
 	10.11	Instruments of Amendment Nos. 1 and 2 to the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical	
 	 	Corporation Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for	
 	 	the quarter ended June 30, 2005).*	
 	
 	10.12	Instrument of Amendment Nos. 1 and 2 to the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Savings and	
 	 	Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q for the quarter	
 	 	ended June 30, 2005).*	
 	
 	10.13	Instrument of Amendment No. 1 to the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation	
 	 	Savings Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-Q for the quarter	
 	 	ended June 30, 2005).*	

Page 89

                           	10.14       	Curtiss-Wright Corporation 2005 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated	
 	 	by reference to Appendix C to Proxy Statement filed April 5, 2005).*	
 	
 	10.15	Amended and Revised Curtiss-Wright Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan,	
 	 	as amended November 2006 (filed herewith).*	
 	
 	10.16	Change In Control Severance Protection Agreement, dated July 9, 2001, between the	
 	 	Registrant and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to	
 	 	Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).*	
 	
 	10.17	Standard Change In Control Severance Protection Agreement, dated July 9, 2001,	
 	 	between the Registrant and Key Executives of the Registrant (incorporated by reference	
 	 	to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).*	
 	
 	10.18	Trust Agreement, dated January 20, 1998, between the Registrant and PNC Bank,	
 	 	National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q for the	
 	 	quarter ended March 31, 1998).*	
 	
 	10.19	Consulting Agreement, dated March 1, 2006, between the Registrant and George J.	
 	 	Yohrling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-K for the year ended	
 	 	December 31, 2005).*	
 	
 	10.2	Consulting Agreement, dated June 18, 2002, between the Registrant and Gerald Nachman	
 	 	(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,	
 	 	2002).*	
 	
 	10.21	Curtiss-Wright Corporation 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by	
 	 	reference to Appendix VII to Proxy Statement filed March 28, 2003).*	
 	
 	10.22	Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and certain Institutional Investors,	
 	 	dated September 25, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed	
 	 	October 3, 2003).	
 	
 	10.23	Restrictive Legends on Notes subject to Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and	
 	 	certain Institutional Investors, dated September 25, 2003 (incorporated by reference to	
 	 	Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed October 3, 2003).	
 	
 	10.24	Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and certain Institutional Investors,	
 	 	dated December 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed	
 	 	December 5, 2005).	
 	
 	10.25	Restrictive Legends on Notes subject to Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and	
 	 	certain Institutional Investors, dated December 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to	
 	 	Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed December 5, 2005).	
 	
 	10.26	2006 Modified Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to	
 	 	Company’s 2006 Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed March 29, 2006). *	
 	
 	10.27	Instruments of Amendment Nos. 6 and 7 to the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Retirement	
 	 	Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-K for the year ended December	
 	 	31, 2005). *	

Page 90

                          	10.28       	Instruments of Amendment Nos. 3 through 6 to the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical	
 	 	Corporation Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-K for	
 	 	the year ended December 31, 2005). *	
 	
 	10.29	Instrument of Amendment Nos. 2 and 3 to the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Savings and	
 	 	Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-K for the year ended	
 	 	December 31, 2005). *	
 	
 	10.3	Instrument of Amendment Nos. 2 and 3 to the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical	
 	 	Corporation Savings Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-K for the	
 	 	year ended December 31, 2005). *	
 	
 	10.31	Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated October 9, 2006, by and between the Registrant	
 	 	and David Linton (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 8-K filed October 11,	
 	 	2006). *	
 	
 	10.32	Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated October 9, 2006, by and between the Registrant	
 	 	and David Adams (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 8-K filed October 16,	
 	 	2006). *	
 	
 	10.33	Instrument of Amendment No. 8 to the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Retirement Plan,	
 	 	as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001 (filed herewith).*	
 	
 	10.34	Instrument of Amendment No. 9 to the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Retirement Plan,	
 	 	as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001 (filed herewith).*	
 	
 	10.35	Instrument of Amendment No. 10 to the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Retirement Plan,	
 	 	as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001 (filed herewith).*	
 	
 	10.36	Instrument of Amendment No. 11 to the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Retirement Plan,	
 	 	as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001 (filed herewith).*	
 	
 	10.37	Instrument of Amendment No. 7 to the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Division	
 	 	Pension Plan (filed herewith).*	
 	
 	10.38	Instrument of Amendment No. 8 to the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Division	
 	 	Pension Plan (filed herewith).*	
 	
 	18	Deloitte & Touche LLP letter dated February 26, 2007 re: Change in Accounting	
 	 	Principle (filed herewith).	
 	
 	21	Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith).	
 	
 	23	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith).	
 	
 	31.1	Certification of Martin R. Benante, Chairman and CEO, Pursuant to Rule 13a – 14(a)	
 	 	(filed herewith)	
 	
 	31.2	Certification of Glenn E. Tynan, Chief Financial Officer, Pursuant to Rule 13a – 14(a)	
 	 	(filed herewith).	
 	
 	32	Certification of Martin R. Benante, Chairman and CEO and Glenn E. Tynan, Chief	
 	 	Financial Officer, Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (filed herewith).	

_________________
*Indicates contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
Page 91

CURTISS-WRIGHT CORPORATION and SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION and QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
(In thousands)

 	 	 	 	 	 	Additions	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Balance at	 	Charged to	 	Charged to	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Balance at	
 	 	Beginning	 	Costs and	 	Other Accounts	 	 	Deductions	 	 	 	End of	
Description	 	of Period	     	Expenses	     	(Describe)      	 	     	(Describe)	     	 	     	Period	
 	
Deducted from assets to which they apply:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	     	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	
 Year-ended December 31, 2006	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reserves for inventory obsolescence	 	$	 	25,377	 	$	5,657	 	$	338	 	(A)	 	$	5,220	 	(B)	 	$	26,152	
Reserves for doubtful accounts and	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
notes	 	 	 	5,453	 	 	1,269	 	 	179	 	(A)	 	 	1,512	 	(C)	 	 	5,389	
Total	 	$	 	30,830	 	$	6,926	 	$	517	 	 	 	$	6,732	 	 	 	$	31,541	
 	
Year-ended December 31, 2005	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reserves for inventory obsolescence	 	$	 	26,276	 	$	3,700	 	$	772	 	(A)	 	$	5,371	 	(B)	 	$	25,377	
Reserves for doubtful accounts and	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
notes	 	 	 	4,012	 	 	1,161	 	 	1,019	 	(A)	 	 	739	 	(C)	 	 	5,453	
Total	 	$	 	30,288	 	$	4,861	 	$	1,791	 	 	 	$	6,110	 	 	 	$	30,830	
 	
Year-ended December 31, 2004	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reserves for inventory obsolescence	 	  $	 	22,278	 	$	4,212	 	$	6,539	 	(A)	 	$	6,753	 	(B)	 	$	26,276	
Reserves for doubtful accounts and	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
notes	 	 	 	3,449	 	 	802	 	 	368	 	(A)	 	 	607	 	(C)	 	 	4,012	
Total	 	  $	 	25,727	 	$	5,014	 	$	6,907	 	 	 	$	7,360	 	 	 	$	30,288	

               	Notes:	
 	(A)     	Primarily amounts acquired from business combinations and currency translation adjustments.	
 	(B)	Write-off and sale of obsolete inventory.	
 	(C)	Write-off of bad debt and collections on previously reserved accounts.	

Page 92

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 	 	CURTISS-WRIGHT CORPORATION	 	
 	 	(Registrant)	 	
 	
Date:     	February 23, 2007	          	By: /s/ Martin R. Benante	 	
 	 	 	Martin R. Benante	 	
 	 	 	Chairman and CEO	 	

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ Glenn E. Tynan	 	
 	 	 	Glenn E. Tynan	 	
 	 	 	Chief Financial Officer	 	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ Kevin McClurg	 	
 	 	 	Kevin McClurg	 	
 	 	 	Controller	 	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ Martin R. Benante	 	
 	 	 	Martin R. Benante	 	
 	 	 	Director	 	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ James B. Busey IV	 	
 	 	 	James B. Busey IV	 	
 	 	 	Director	 	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ S. Marce Fuller	 	
 	 	 	S. Marce Fuller	 	
 	 	 	Director	 	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ Carl G. Miller	 	
 	 	 	Carl G. Miller	 	
 	 	 	Director	 	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ William B. Mitchell          	 	
 	 	 	William B. Mitchell	 	
 	 	 	Director	 	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ John R. Myers	 	
 	 	 	John R. Myers	 	
 	 	 	Director	 	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ William W. Sihler	 	
 	 	 	William W. Sihler	 	
 	 	 	Director	 	
 	
Date:	February 23, 2007	 	By: /s/ Albert E. Smith	 	
 	 	 	Albert E. Smith	 	
 	 	 	Director	 	

Page 93

EX-10.15

 

 
 
CURTISS-WRIGHT CORPORATION
 
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Originally Effective November 18, 1997
 
Amended and Restated Effective
with respect to
Compensation Earned after December 31, 2006

(As Amended Through November 18, 2006)

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Section	 	Page	
 	 	 	
Article 1	Definitions	1	
 	 		
Article 2	Eligibility and Participation	3	
 	 		
Article 3	Deferrals and Deferral Accounts	5	
 	 		
Article 4	Payment of Deferral Accounts	7	
 	 		
Article 5	General Provisions	11	
 	 		
Article 6	Administration	13	
 	 		
Article 7	Amendment or Termination	14	

 

FOREWORD
 
This Curtiss-Wright Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (herein, "the Plan") was authorized by the Board of Directors of Curtiss-Wright Corporation (herein, "the Company") to be effective as of November 18, 1997 and was thereafter amended.
 
The purpose of the Plan is to provide to certain employees of the Company the opportunity to defer a portion of their salary, annual bonus, or payments under the Company's long term incentive program, in accordance with the terms of the Plan as herein set forth.
 
The Plan is not intended to be qualified under Sec. 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (“the Code”) and is intended to constitute an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning of Secs 201(2), 301(3), and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
All payments made in accordance with the terms of the Plan shall be made from the general assets of the Company, provided, however, that the Company may establish and fund a trust in order to aid it in providing payments due under the terms of the Plan.
 
The Plan as herein restated shall apply to elections with respect to compensation earned after December 31, 2004 and shall be deemed to be a new plan for purposes of Sec. 409A of the Code and Sec. 885 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.

 
Page 1
 
ARTICLE 1
 
DEFINITIONS
   
1.01         Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
1.02         Beneficiary  shall mean the person or entity designated by a Participant to receive the proceeds of his Deferral Account in the event of his death prior to the complete distribution thereof.
 
1.03         Bonus  shall mean the amount that would become payable to an Eligible Employee with respect to a calendar year under a Participating Employer’s annual bonus arrangement applicable to such Eligible Employee, on the basis of performance and such other factors as might be taken into account under such arrangement, prior to any reduction of such amount on account of a Deferral Election.
   
1.04         Code  shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
1.05         Committee  shall mean the individuals designated by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company to administer the Plan.
 
1.06         Company  shall mean Curtiss-Wright Corporation or any successor, by merger, purchase, or otherwise, with respect to its employees.
 
1.07         Deferral Account  shall mean the account maintained on behalf of a Participant under Section 3.02, to which shall be credited the Participant's Deferral Amounts and all earnings attributable to such Deferral Amounts.
 
1.08         Deferral Amount  shall mean, with respect to each Participant, the total amount of Salary, Bonus, and Long Term Incentive Award that is subject to his Deferral Election for a Plan Year.
 
1.09         Deferral Election  shall mean the irrevocable election made by a Participant to defer a portion of his Salary, Bonus or Long Term Incentive Award for a Plan year, in accordance with Section 3.01.
 
1.10         Eligible Employee  shall mean an employee of a Participating Employer who satisfies the requirements of Section 2.01 for participation in the Plan, provided, however, that in no event shall a non-resident alien employee of a Participating Employer be an eligible Employee.
 
1.11         Effective Date  shall mean November 18, 1997, provided however, that the first Deferral Elections permitted under the Plan related to Salary, Bonus, or Long Term Incentive Awards for 1998, and provided further, however, that the effective date of this Restated Plan shall be December 1, 2004 and the first Deferral Elections permitted under this Restated Plan shall relate to Salary, Bonus, or Long Term Incentive Awards for 2005.

 
Page 2
 
1.12         ERISA  shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
 
1.13         Long Term Incentive Award   shall mean the amount that would become payable to an Eligible Employee with respect to any award period, under a Participating Employer’s long term incentive plan, on the basis of performance and such other factors as may be taken into account under the long term incentive plan for such period, determined without regard to any amount that is payable in the form of stock in the Company or options to buy stock in the Company, prior to any reduction of such amount on account of a Deferral Election.
 
1.14         Participant  shall mean an Eligible Employee who has made one or more Deferral Elections in accordance with Section 3.01 and on whose behalf a Deferral Account has been established.
 
1.15.        Participating Employer shall mean the Company and any corporation of which the Company owns at least a majority of the capital stock and which, with the approval of the Company, adopts the Plan with respect to its own employees.
 
1.16         Plan  shall mean this Curtiss-Wright Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as in effect from time to time. For purposes of Sec. 409A of the Code and Sec. 885 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, this Restated Plan shall be deemed to be a new Plan.
   
1.17         Plan Year  shall mean the calendar year.
 
1.18         Salary   shall mean the salary and any sales commission payable to an Eligible Employee by a Participating Employer for a calendar year, determined without regard to any reduction thereof in accordance with Sec. 125 or Sec. 401(k) of the Code, prior to any reduction of such amount on account of a Deferral Election. The term Salary shall not include any amount paid as a retainer or as payment for services as an independent contractor.

 
Page 3
 
ARTICLE 2
 
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
2.01 Eligibility.
 
An employee of a Participating Employer shall be an Eligible Employee and shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for a Plan Year if the sum of his Salary, Bonus, and other compensation taken into account under Sec. 415(c)(3) of the Code for the preceding Plan Year exceeds the amount specified in Sec. 414(q)(1)(B)(i) of the Code. For purposes of this section, any compensation paid to an employee by an entity that has become a Participating Employer or has been acquired by a Participating Employer shall be taken into account in the same manner as compensation paid by a Participating Employer.
 
2.02 Participation.
 
(a)            An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan upon his completion of a Deferral Election in accordance with Section 3.01. Each Deferral Election shall remain in effect for the Plan Year to which it relates and shall cease to be effective at the end of such Plan Year, provided, however, that the portion of Deferral Election that applies to a Long Term Incentive Award shall remain in effect throughout the period to which such Long Term Incentive Award relates.
 
(b)            A Participant who has made a Deferral Election for a Plan Year shall be eligible to make a Deferral Election for a subsequent Plan Year if and only if he is then an Eligible Employee.
 
(c)            An Eligible Employee who has made a Deferral Election shall continue to be a Participant in the Plan until the entire balance of his Deferral Account has been distributed to him.
 
2.03 Suspension of Deferral Elections.
 
(a)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.02(a) and 3.01, a Participant may, in the event of an unforeseeable emergency, request a suspension of his Deferral Election under the Plan. The request shall be made in the time and manner specified by the Committee and shall be effective as specified by the Committee.
 
(b)            In the event that a Participant's Deferral Election is suspended during a Plan Year, on account of an unforeseeable emergency, such suspension shall remain in effect for the remainder of such Plan Year, provided, however, that, in no event shall the amount payable to the Participant as a result of the suspension of his Deferral Election exceed the amount necessary to satisfy such emergency.

 
Page 4
 
(c)            For purposes of this Section, the term "unforeseeable emergency" shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.05(b).
 
2.04 Designation of Beneficiary.
 
(a)            Each Eligible Employee shall designate a Beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the amount, if any, payable under the Plan in the event of his death. The designation shall be made in the manner specified by the Committee. In the event that an Eligible Employee fails to designate a Beneficiary, or in the event that no designated Beneficiary survives an Eligible Employee, his estate shall be deemed to be his Beneficiary.
 
(b)            A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his designation of Beneficiary, without the consent of any prior Beneficiary, by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling, provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant's death.
 
ARTICLE 3
 
DEFERRALS AND DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS
 
3.01 Deferral Elections.
 
(a)            Prior to the first day of each Plan Year, each Eligible Employee shall be permitted to make an irrevocable Deferral Election. Such Deferral Election shall be in writing, on forms provided by the Committee, or by such electronic means as the Committee may authorize, and shall be filed at the time specified by the Committee.
 
(b)            An Eligible Employee's Deferral Election shall specify the percentage of Salary or Bonus otherwise payable to him in or with respect to such Plan Year and the percentage of the Long Term Incentive Award otherwise payable to him with respect to an award period commencing in such Plan Year that he wishes to defer, provided, however, that:
 
(i) the percentage of his Salary that an Eligible Employee may elect to defer shall not exceed 25%;
 
(ii) the percentage of his Bonus that an Eligible Employee may elect to defer shall not exceed 50%; and
 
(iii) the percentage of his Long Term Incentive Award that an Eligible Employee may elect to defer shall not exceed 50%.

 
Page 5

(c)            The Deferral Election shall specify that the Company will reduce the amounts of Salary, Bonus, or Long Term Incentive Award otherwise payable to the Eligible Employee by the percentage specified in such Deferral Election and that the Deferral Amounts shall instead be credited to his Deferral Account under the Plan.
 
(d)            The Deferral Amounts specified in a Participant’s Deferral Election shall be payable as provided in Article 4.
 
3.02 Deferral Accounts.
   
(a)           The Company shall establish on its books a Deferral Account for each Participant.
 
(b)            A Participant's Deferral Account shall be credited with a Deferral Amount equal to the percentage of his Salary, Bonus, or Long Term Incentive Award, as applicable, specified in his Deferral Election. Such Deferral Amounts shall be credited as of the first day of the calendar quarter that includes the date on which the specified percentages of Salary, Bonus, or Long Term Incentive Award would have been paid to the Participant in the absence of a Deferral Election, provided, however, that for purposes of Section 3.03, the portion of a Participant’s Bonus that is subject to a Deferral Election shall be credited as of the first day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year to which such Bonus relates and the portion of a Participant’s Long Term Incentive Award that is subject to a Deferral Election shall be credited as of the first day of the Plan Year following the latest calendar year to which such Long Term Incentive Award relates.
 
3.03 Crediting of Earnings to Deferral Accounts.
 
(a)            Each Participant's Deferral Account shall be credited with an annual rate of earnings equal to the sum of (i) the average annual rate of interest payable on United States Treasury Bonds of 30 years maturity, as of the last month of the preceding calendar year, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board, plus (ii) 2%. Earnings shall be credited to Deferral Accounts on a quarterly basis and shall be based on the balance of the Deferral Account as of the first day of the calendar quarter.
 
(b)            The Committee may, in its discretion, modify the rate of earnings to be credited to Deferral Accounts. Any such modification shall apply only to Deferral Amounts attributable to Deferral Elections for Plan Years beginning subsequent to the date on which the Committee provides notice to the Eligible Employees of such modification.
 
3.04 Records and Statements of Deferral Accounts.
 
The Committee shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, records showing the balances of each Participant's Deferral Account. At least once a year, a Participant shall be furnished with a statement setting forth the balance of his Deferral Account.

 
Page 6
 
ARTICLE 4
 
PAYMENT OF DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS
 
4.01 Options for Time and Form of Payment of Deferral Account.
 
(a)         Subject to the provisions of subsection (c), a Participant may irrevocably specify in any Deferral Election under the Plan that the Deferral Amount resulting from such Deferral Election, plus any earnings attributable thereto, in accordance with Section 3.03, shall be paid to him in a single sum in the first quarter of either the third calendar year or the fifth calendar year following the Plan Year to which such Deferral Election relates.
 
(b)        Subject to the provisions of subsection (c), a Participant may irrevocably specify in a Deferral Election under the Plan that the Deferral Amount resulting from such Deferral Election shall be paid to him upon his retirement or termination of employment from the Company, at or after his attainment of age 55, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02.
 
(c)        In the event that (i) a Participant who has made an election in accordance with subsection (a) terminates from the employ of the Company, or dies, before payment is made pursuant thereto, or (ii) a Participant who has made an election in accordance with subsection (b) terminates from the employ of the Company prior to the attainment of age 55, then, notwithstanding the terms of his election made in accordance with subsection (a) or subsection (b), payment of his Deferral Account shall be made in accordance with Section 4.03, or 4.04, as applicable.
 
(d)         A Participant who has made a Deferral Election with respect to a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2004, that included a specification in accordance with subsection (a) of the year in which the Deferral Amount resulting from such Deferral Election shall be paid may make a subsequent election to extend the period of such deferral by 5 years. An election in accordance with this subsection shall be effective only if made prior to the first day of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which payment was scheduled to be made pursuant to his specification in accordance with subsection (a); for purposes of subsection (c) and for purposes of Sections 4.02 and 4.03, such election shall be deemed to be an election in accordance with subsection (a).

 
Page 7
 
4.02 Payment at Retirement.
 
(a)            A Participant who makes a Deferral Election pursuant to Section 4.01(b) that the Deferral Amount resulting from such Deferral Election shall be paid to him upon retirement or termination from the employ of the Company at or after his attainment of age 55, may further irrevocably elect that such amount shall be paid to him in annual installments over a specified period of 5, 10, or 15 years, or will be paid to him in a single sum, in the first quarter of the calendar year following the year in which he retires or terminates, provided, however, that the first election made by a Participant under this subsection shall apply to all later elections made by the Participant under Section 4.01(b) and to the Deferral Amount resulting from any Deferral Election made prior to January 1, 2004 in which the Participant did not make an election in accordance with Section 4.01(a).
 
(b)            A Participant who has specified the installment form of payment described in subsection (a) and who retires from the employ of the Company at or after his attainment of age 55 shall receive in the first quarter of each calendar year, beginning with the year following the year in which he retired, an amount determined by dividing the balance of his Deferral Account as of the last day of the calendar year preceding the year of payment, by the number of years remaining in the installment payment period, provided, however, that the amount of the initial installment shall be determined after subtracting from the Deferral Account any portion thereof which is not subject to an installment payment election under subsection (a) and provided further, however, that no payment shall be made earlier than the time permitted by Section 4.06.
 
(c)            In the event of the death of a Participant who is in receipt of installment payments in accordance with subsection (b), the remaining balance of his Deferral Account shall be paid to his Beneficiary in a single sum.
 
(d)            The Deferral Account of a Participant who has elected the installment form of payment shall continue to be credited with earnings, in accordance with Section 3.03 during such installment payment period.
 
4.03 Payment upon Termination of Employment.
 
(a) In the event that a Participant terminates from the employ of the Company prior to attaining age 55 the balance of his Deferral Account would be payable to him in accordance with his or her election under Section 4.01(a) or 4.01(b), the balance of his Deferral Account shall be paid to him in a single sum in the calendar quarter following the quarter in which occurred his termination of employment, except as may be otherwise required in accordance with Section 4.06.
 
(b) In the event that a Participant terminates from the employ of the Company at or after attaining age 55 the balance of his Deferral Account would be payable to him in accordance with his or her election under Section 4.01(a), the balance of his Deferral Account shall be paid to him in a

 
Page 8
 
single sum in the first quarter of the calendar year following the year in which he or she retires or terminates, except as may be otherwise required in accordance with Section 4.06.
 
4.04 Payment upon Death.
 
In the event of the death of a Participant prior to his receipt of the payment of his Deferral Account, the balance of his Deferral Account shall be paid to his Beneficiary in a single sum in the calendar quarter following the quarter in which his death occurred.
 
4.05 Payment upon Incurrence of Unforeseeable Emergency.
 
(a)            If, upon the application of a Participant, the Committee determines that he has incurred a unforeseeable emergency, the Committee may direct the payment of all or a portion of the balance of his Deferral Account. The amount paid shall not exceed the amount reasonably necessary to meet the unforeseeable emergency, plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the payment, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant's assets, to the extent that such liquidation itself would not cause a severe financial hardship, or by cessation of deferrals in accordance with Section 2.03(a).
 
(b)            For purposes of this Section, the term "unforeseeable emergency" shall mean a severe financial hardship resulting from the unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or a dependent, within the meaning of Sec. 152(a) of the Code, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the participant.
 
4.06 Special Rule for Key Employees.
 
Notwithstanding any provision hereof, in no event shall any portion of the Deferral Account of a Participant who is a “key employee” within the meaning of Sec. 416(i) of the Code for the year in which occurs his termination of employment or the immediately preceding year be paid prior to six months after the date of his termination of employment.
 
ARTICLE 5
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
5.01 Funding .
 
(a)            All amounts payable in accordance with the Plan shall constitute general, unsecured obligations of the Company. Such amounts, as well as any administrative expenses related to the Plan, shall be paid out of the general assets of the Company, except to the extent that they may be paid from a trust fund described in subsection (c).

 
Page 9
 
(b)            The Company shall have no obligation to invest any portion of its assets in any type of investment or investment fund, notwithstanding any reference to specific rates for crediting earnings on Deferral Account in accordance with Section 3.03.
 
(c)            The Company may, in its sole discretion, establish a grantor trust to facilitate payment to Participants under the Plan. Any assets of any such trust shall be held separate and apart from other assets of the Company and shall be used exclusively for the purposes set forth in the applicable trust agreement, subject to the following conditions:
 
(i) The creation or any such trust or the contribution of assets thereto shall not cause the Plan to be other than "unfunded" for purposes of Secs. 201(2), 301(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.
 
(ii) The company shall be treated as the "grantor" of any such trust for purposes of Sec. 677 of the Code.
 
(iii) The trust agreement shall specify that the assets of any such trust may be used to satisfy claims of the Company's general creditors.
 
5.02 No Contract of Employment.
 
The establishment of the Plan, and any elections made by Eligible Employees hereunder, shall not be construed as conferring any legal rights upon any person for continuation of employment, nor shall the establishment of the Plan interfere with the rights of the Company to discharge any employee and to treat him without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him as a Participant in the Plan.
 
5.03 Tax Withholding.
 
(a) The Company shall have the right to deduct from each payment made under the Plan any amount required to be withheld for taxes.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any provision hereof, the Company may, to extent permitted or required by the Code, take into account any amount that is the subject of a Participant’s Deferral Election in determining the amount to be withheld from the Participant’s compensation for taxes.
 
5.04 Facility of Payment.
 
In the event that the Committee shall find that a Participant is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, the Committee may direct that any payment due him, unless claim shall have been made therefor by a duly appointed legal representative, be paid to his spouse, a child, a parent, or other blood relative, or to a person with whom he resides, and any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liabilities of the Plan.

 
Page 10
 
5.05 Nonalienation.
 
No amount due under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void, nor shall any such amount be in any manner liable for or subject to garnishment, attachment, execution or levy, or liable to or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Participant, except to the extent required by applicable law.
 
5.06 Rules of Construction.
 
(a)            The Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, without regard to its rules on conflicts of laws.
 
(b)            The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and the singular number shall include the plural, except to the extent that the context otherwise requires.
 
ARTICLE 6
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
6.01 Appointment of Committee.
 
The Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall appoint the Committee that shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan. The Chief Executive Officer, in his sole discretion, may remove any member of the Committee and may appoint a new member or members to the Committee.
 
6.02 Authority and Duties of Committee.
 
In addition to the specific authority granted to and the specific duties imposed upon the Committee hereunder, the Committee shall have the exclusive authority to establish rules for the operation of the Plan, which rules shall be in writing and shall have the exclusive authority to interpret the Plan. The decision of the Committee on any disputed question shall be final.
 
6.03 Claims Procedure.
 
The Committee shall establish a procedure for claims to benefits under the Plan, which procedure shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 503 of ERISA.

 
Page 11
 
ARTICLE 7
 
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
 
7.01 Authority of the Board.
 
The Board reserves the right to modify or amend, in whole or in part, or to terminate the Plan at any time. However, no modification or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect the right of any Participant to receive the amounts credited to his Deferral Account in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect prior to the date of modification, amendment, or termination.
 
7.02 Authority of the Committee.
 
The Board hereby delegates authority to the Committee to modify or amend, in whole or in part, the Plan provided such amendment or amendments are required by changes in the law or have no material financial impact on the Corporation.

 

 
EX-10.33
CURTISS-WRIGHT CORPORATION
RETIREMENT PLAN
As Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2001
EIGHTH INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT
Recitals:

1.          	Curtiss-Wright Corporation ("the Company") has heretofore adopted the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Retirement Plan (“the Plan").	
 	
2.	The Company caused the Plan to be amended and restated in its entirety, effective as of January 1, 2001, and has since caused the Plan to be further amended.	
 	
3.	Subsequent to the most recent amendment of the Plan, it has become necessary to further amend the Plan to revise the Plan’s disability benefit and transfer provisions and to clarify certain other provisions of the Plan.	
 	
4.	Sections 12.01 and 12.02 of the Plan permit the Company to amend the Plan, by written instrument, at any time and from time to time, by action of the Board of Directors.	
Amendment to the Plan:
NOW, THEREFORE, be it
RESOLVED, that for the reasons set forth in the Recitals to this Instrument of Amendment, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respects, to be effective as of July 1, 2006:

1.          	Section 1.04 is amended by deleting the words “Section 6.05 or 9.02(c)” in the last sentence thereof and replacing them with the words “Section 9.02(c)”.	
 	
2.	Section 1.13 is amended by deleting the penultimate paragraph thereof and by adding a new paragraph (d) to read as follows:	
 	 	 	
 	“(d)          	For a continuous period up to two years while an Employee is in receipt of Disability Payments as provided in Section 2.03(b) .”	
 	 	 	
3.	Article 1 is amended by deleting Sections 1.14 and 1.15, by renumbering Sections 1.16 through 1.51 as Sections 1.15 through 1.50, respectively, and by adding a new Section 1.14 to read as follows:	
 	
 	“1.14 “Disability Payments ” means payments received under the Company’s long-term or short-term disability plans, payments received under the workers’ compensation law (excluding statutory payments for loss of any physical or bodily member such as a leg, arm or finger), or solely with respect to an Employee who is not covered by the Company’s long-term disability plan,	
 	
1

 	payments of a Social Security disability pension received on account of a disability incurred while an Employee.”	
 	
4.          	Section 1.24, as renumbered, is amended by revising the last sentence thereof to read as follows:	
 	
 	“In the case of any person who is a Leased Employee before or after a period of service as an Employee, the period during which he has performed services as a Leased Employee for the Employer or Affiliated Employer shall be counted solely for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan and vesting in the Plan to the extent such service would be recognized for other Employees; however, the Leased Employee shall not, by reason of that status, become a Participant in the Plan or accrue any benefit under the plan for the period during which he was a Leased Employee.”	
 	
5.	Section 1.25, as renumbered, is amended by adding the following words at the end thereof “,but shall specifically exclude any period during which the Employee is in receipt of Disability Payments”.	
 	
6.	Section 1.40, as renumbered, is amended by deleting the last sentence thereof.	
 	
7.	Article 2 is amended by deleting Section 2.03 therefrom and by renumbering Section 2.04 as Section 2.03.	
 	
 8.	Section 2.03, as renumbered, is amended to read as follows:	
 	
 	“2.03 Treatment of Periods of Military Service, Disability and other Leaves of Absence	
 	
 	(a)          	Notwithstanding any provision hereof, a Participant’s Service, as taken into account under the Plan for purposes of vesting and for purposes of determining eligibility for and the amount of his retirement benefits hereunder, in accordance with Article 4, Article 6 and Article 9, shall include, to the extent required by law, any period of absence from service with the Employer due to a period of service in the uniformed services of the United States which occurs after the date the Participant meets the eligibility requirements for membership in the Plan. If he shall have returned to the service of the Employer after having applied to return while his reemployment rights were protected by law, the Participant shall be deemed to have earned Compensation during the period of absence at the rate he would have received had he remained employed as an Employee for that period or, if such rate is not reasonably certain, on the basis of the Participant’s rate of compensation during the 12-month period immediately preceding such period of absence (or if shorter, the period of employment immediately preceding such period).	
 	
 	(b)	In the event a Participant incurs a disability while an Employee and becomes entitled to Disability Payments on account of such disability, the Participant shall continue to accrue benefits under the provisions of Articles 4 and 6 and shall continue to be credited with Vesting Years of	
 	
2

 	 	Service for the period he is in receipt of the Disability Payments, up to a maximum continuous period of twenty-four months (including any applicable waiting period for such Disability Payments provided that after the expiration of such waiting period the Participant becomes entitled to Disability Payments). For purposes of computing the benefit accrued by a Participant under this paragraph (b), a Participant shall be deemed to have earned Compensation during the period he is accruing a benefit under this paragraph (b) at the rate of Compensation he was receiving immediately prior to the date he ceased active employment on account of the disability. A Participant who is entitled to Disability Payments and who is credited with at least five Vesting Years of Service may elect at any time by written advance application to the Committee to cease further accruals under the provisions of this paragraph (b) and in lieu thereof to commence receipt of payments under the applicable provisions of the Plan.	
 	 		
 	(c)          	Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, an Employee’s period of Leave of Absence not otherwise included under paragraph (a) or (b) above, shall be included for purposes of determining vesting and for purposes of determining the amount of his retirement benefits hereunder in accordance with Articles 5, 6, and 9, provided that the Employee returns to the employ of the Employer at or before the expiration of the Leave of Absence. If the Employee receives credit for service under the preceding sentence, the Employee shall be deemed to have earned Compensation during the Leave of Absence at the rate of pay he was receiving immediately prior to his Leave of Absence.”	
 	 	
9.	Section 4.05(a) is amended by revising clause (i) to read as follows:	
 	 	 	
 	“(i)	retirement on his Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date, as the case may be,”	
 	 	 	
10.          	Section 4.06(b) is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:	
 	
 	“In the event the Beneficiary is the Participant’s estate, the death benefit shall automatically be paid to the estate in one lump sum.”	
 	
11.	Article 6 is amended by deleting Sections 6.05 and 6.08, by renumbering Sections 6.06 and 6.07 as Sections 6.05 and 6.06, respectively, and by renumbering Sections 6.09 through 6.14 as Sections 6.07 through 6.12, respectively.	
 	
12.	Article 6 is amended by adding a new Section 6.13 to read as follows:	
 	
 	“6.13 Reemployment Following Commencement of Annuity Payments	
 	
 	Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in the event a Participant who is in receipt of annuity payments is reemployed by the Company or an Affiliated Employer, payment of such benefit payments shall continue.	
 	
3

 	Upon the Participant’s subsequent termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliated Employers, the Participant shall be entitled to an additional benefit based on the formula then in effect and his Years of Credited Service and Compensation earned after his date of reemployment and such additional benefit shall be subject to and payable in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.	
 	 	
 	In the event a Participant dies while in active service, the additional benefit shall be payable in accordance with Section 4.06 or Article 8 or 9, as applicable.”	
 	 	 	
13.	Section 7.02(a) is amended by adding a new paragraph (iii) to read as follows:	
 	 	 	
 	“(iii)	The Participant elects an annuity form under subsection (b)(ii) below with his spouse as Beneficiary.”	
 	 	 	
14.          	Section 7.02(b) is amended by adding the following sentence after the last sentence thereof:	
 	
 	“However, both benefits together, as provided under Articles 4 and 6, must commence simultaneously.”	
 	
15.	Section 7.10(a) is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:	
 	
 	“For purposes of this paragraph (a), Actuarial Equivalent shall be determined in the same manner as provided in Section 6.07(b).”	
 	
16.	Section 8.01(a) is amended by deleting the words “or if a Participant in receipt of payments under Section 6.05 dies prior to his Normal Retirement Date” from the first sentence thereof and by deleting the last sentence thereof.	
 	
 17.	Section 8.01 is amended by adding a new paragraph (d) to read as follows:	
 	
 	“(d)          	In the event a Participant entitled to a death benefit under paragraph (a) dies in active employment with his estate as his Beneficiary, the death benefit shall be calculated assuming the beneficiary is the same age as the Participant and, in lieu of the annuity form of payment, the death benefit shall be paid in one lump sum under Section 8.03. ”	
 	 	 	
18.	The Plan is amended by adding a new Article 16 to read as follows:	
 
4

“ ARTICLE 16: TRANSFERS
If an Employee during his period of employment with the Company and all Affiliated Employers is transferred to or from a position eligible to accrue benefits under the provisions of Article 4, 6 or 9 to a position that is ineligible for benefits under the applicable Article, the following provisions shall apply:

(a)          	Vesting Service. An Employee’s Vesting Years of Service shall be determined on the basis of his period of employment with the Company and all Affiliated Employers (unless otherwise specified in Schedule J).	
 	
(b)	Credited Service for Purposes of Determining Eligibility for Benefits . For purposes of determining an Employee’s eligibility for benefits under the Plan (but not the amount of any benefit unless otherwise specified in paragraph (d) below), an Employee’s years of Credited Service shall be determined on the basis of his period of employment with the Company and all Affiliated Employers.	
 	
(c)	Eligibility for Benefits. Upon an Employee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliated Employers, an Employee shall be entitled to a Normal, Early, Disability or Vested Retirement Benefit under the applicable provisions of the Plan if, at the time of his termination of employment, he has satisfied the age, service, and any other requirements of the Plan for such benefit.	
 	
(d)	Rules for Determining the Amount of Benefit .	
 	
 	(i)          	If an Employee who is accruing benefits under the provisions of Article 6 is transferred to a position with the Company or to an Affiliated Employer and on account of such transfer the Employee would be ineligible to accrue further benefits under the provisions of Article 6, the following provisions shall apply:	
 	
  	 	(A)          	Credited Service for Benefit Accrual Purposes . All service with the Company or an Affiliated Employer in such transferred position shall be included in determining the Employee’s years of Credited Service for purposes of determining the amount of the Employee’s benefit under Article 6 except that any service rendered while the Employee is eligible to accrue benefits under Article 9 or is eligible to participate in another qualified defined benefit pension plan shall be excluded.	
 	
 	 	(B)	Average Compensation . Compensation (as defined in Section 1.11) paid by the Company or an Affiliated Employer to the Employee while employed in such transferred position shall be included in determining an Employee’s Average Compensation.	
 	
 	(ii)	If an Employee who is accruing benefits under the provisions of Article 4 is transferred to a position with the Company or to an Affiliated Employer and on account of such transfer the Employee would be ineligible to	
 	
5

 	accrue further benefits under the provisions of Article 4, benefits shall continue to accrue under the provisions of Article 4 after the date of transfer except that if the Employee is transferred to a position in which he is eligible to participate in a qualified defined contribution plan which provides for employer contributions (other than salary deferrals under Section 401(k) of the Code) the Employee shall cease to accrue benefits under Section 4.02 based on Compensation paid to the Employee by the Company or an Affiliated Employer while in the transferred position.	
 	
  	(iii)          	If an Employee who is accruing benefits under the provisions of Article 9 is transferred to a position with the Company or to an Affiliated Employer in which he is ineligible to accrue further benefits under the provisions of Article 9, the Employee’s service rendered while in such ineligible position shall not be included in his Credited Service for purposes of determining the amount of his benefit under Article 9. Accordingly, If a participant transfers to a position where he is no longer eligible to participate in Article 9, he will not earn Credited Service under Article 9 while in that ineligible position.	
 	
 	(iv)	If an Employee is transferred from a position that is ineligible to accrue benefits under the provisions of Article 4, 6 or 9 to a position that is eligible to accrue benefits under one of those Articles, the following provisions shall apply:	
 	
 	 	(A)          	Compensation paid to such Employee prior to the date of transfer shall be disregarded in determining the amount of the Employee’s benefit under Article 4 or 6, as applicable, unless the Employee is transferred from a position eligible to accrue benefits under Article 9 in which case Compensation paid to the Employee while covered by Article 9 shall be recognized in determining the Employee’s Average Compensation under Article 6, if applicable.	
 	
 	 	(B)	For purposes of determining the amount of an Employee’s benefit under Article 4, 6 or 9, service rendered prior to the date the Employee became employed in a position eligible to accrue benefits under Article 4, 6 or 9 shall be disregarded in determining the Employee’s Credited Service under the applicable Article.	
 	
(e)          	Transfers Involving a Non-U.S Affiliated Employer . Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Article 16, any period of employment with a non-U.S. Affiliated Employer shall be recognized solely for the purpose of determining an Employee’s Vesting Years of Service under subparagraph (i) above [and for purposes of determining an Employee’s eligibility for benefits under subparagraph (ii)]. Such period of employment shall be excluded in determining the amount of a Participant’s benefit under paragraph (d) and any Compensation paid during such period of employment shall likewise be excluded.”	
 	
19.	Schedule J, Item 22 is amended, effective as of September 1, 2005, to read as follows:	
 	
6

               	“22.          	Collins, Long Island (formerly referred to as Novatronics, Inc.)	
 	 	 	
 	(a)	Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, no Employee who is employed at operations or facilities acquired by the Employer in its acquisition of Novatronics, Inc. shall be eligible to become a Participant in this Plan prior to September 1, 2005.	
 	
 	(b)	Effective as of September 1, 2005, an Employee at the operations and facilities acquired by the Employer in its acquisition of Novatronics, Inc. shall be eligible to become a Participant in accordance with Section 2.01(b), but shall not accrue any benefits under the Plan, except for benefits determined in accordance with Article 4.02. In computing the benefits accrued under Article 4.02, only Compensation earned on and after September 1, 2005 shall be counted.	
 	
 	(c)	For purposes of determining an Employee’s Vesting Years of Service, the Employee’s period of prior service with Novatronics, Inc. rendered prior to the date of acquisition shall be included. In computing such prior service, an Employee who is credited with at least one Hour of Service prior to July 1 of a calendar year shall receive one full Vesting Year of Service for that calendar year; otherwise no credit shall be credited for that calendar year.”	
Except to the extent amended by this Instrument of Amendment, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.
7

EX-10.34
CURTISS-WRIGHT CORPORATION
RETIREMENT PLAN
As Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2001
NINTH INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT
Recitals:

1.     	Curtiss-Wright Corporation ("the Company") has heretofore adopted the Curtiss- Wright Corporation Retirement Plan ("the Plan").	
 	
2.	The Company caused the Plan to be amended from time to time since that date.	
 	
3.	Subsequent to the most recent amendment of the Plan, it has become necessary to further amend the Plan to provide an enhanced benefit to certain participants affected by a reduction in force.	
 	
4.	Sections 12.01 and 12.02 of the Plan permit the Committee to amend the Plan, by written instrument, at any time and from time to time.	
Amendments to the Plan:
For the reasons set forth in the Recitals to this Instrument of Amendment, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respects, to be effective as specified herein:
1.           Schedule K1 is amended, effective April 25, 2006, by adding, at the end thereof, the following new Item 8:

             	8.          	Controls Embedded Computing San Diego and Santa Clarita CA, Dayton, OH, Leesburg, VA, and Littleton MA Business Units: April 25, 2006 through June 10, 2006	
 	 	 	
 	For each Participant whose employment with the Employer is terminated between April 25, 2006 and June 10, 2006, in connection with or as a result of the Company’s reduction in force program at the Controls Embedded Computing, San Diego and Santa Clarita CA, Dayton, OH, Leesburg, VA and Littleton MA business units a supplemental credit shall be added to his or her Escalating Annuity Benefit. The amount of such supplemental credit shall be determined as follows: an amount equal to the product of (i) 4/75, (ii) his number of years of Service, and (iii) his weekly base rate of pay, provided, however, that the number of years of Service taken into account for this purpose shall not be less than 2 years and shall not be greater than 24 years for a Participant who is a salaried or exempt employee and shall not be greater than 6 years for a Participant who is a nonexempt employee.	
1

2.         	Schedule K2 is amended, effective as of April 25, 2006, by adding at the end thereof the following new Item 8:	
 	
 	8.          	Controls Embedded Computing San Diego and Santa Clarita CA and Dayton, OH, Leesburg, VA, and Littleton MA Business Units: April 25, 2006 through June 10, 2006	
 	
 	Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, a Participant whose employment with the Employer is terminated between April 25, 2006 and June 10, 2006, in connection with or as a result of the Company's reduction in force program at the Controls Embedded Computing, San Diego and Santa Clarita CA, Dayton, OH, Leesburg, VA, and Littleton MA business units shall be 100% vested in any Normal Retirement Benefit and any Escalating Annuity Benefit to which he or she may be eligible and entitled.	
 
Except to the extent amended by this Instrument of Amendment, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.
2

EX-10.35
CURTISS-WRIGHT CORPORATION
RETIREMENT PLAN
As Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2001
TENTH INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT
Recitals:

1.          	Curtiss-Wright Corporation (“the Company”) has heretofore adopted the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Retirement Plan (“the Plan”).	
 	
2.	The Company caused the Plan to be amended and restated in its entirety, effective as of January 1, 2001, and has since caused the Plan to be further amended.	
 	
3.	Subsequent to the most recent amendment of the Plan, it has become necessary to further amend the Plan to bring the Plan into compliance with certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”) and Revenue Ruling 2001-62.	
 	
4.	Sections 12.01 and 12.02 of the Plan permit the Company to amend the Plan, by written instrument, at any time and from time to time.	
Amendment to the Plan:
For the reason set forth in the Recitals to this Instrument of Amendment, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respects:

1.          	Section 1.23 is amended, effective as of December 31, 2002, by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:	
 	
 	However, when determining the amount of a benefit with an Annuity Starting Date on or after December 31, 2002, the IRS Mortality Table means the mortality table prescribed by Revenue Ruling 2001-62.	
 	
2.	Section 7.08 is amended, effective as of January 1, 2002, to read as follows:	
 	
  	7.08	Rollovers	
 	 	 	
 	(a)          	Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan	

 	 	Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.	
 	
 	(b)          	The following definitions apply to the terms used in this Section:	
 	
 	 	(i)          An “eligible rollover distribution” is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and any distribution where all otherwise eligible distributions are expected to total less than $200;	
 	
 	 	(ii)          An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, or an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan;	
 	
 	 	(iii)         A “distributee” includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse; and	
 	
 	 	(iv)         A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.	
 	
 	 	In the event that the provisions of this Section or any part thereof cease to be required by law as a result of subsequent legislation or otherwise, this Section or any applicable part thereof shall be ineffective without the necessity of further amendments to the Plan.	
 	
3.          	Section 14.02(b)(i)(A) is amended, effective as of January 1, 2002, by deleting the parenthetical phrase “(including any part of any retirement benefits distributed in the five (5) year period ending on the determination date(s))” from the first	

 	sentence thereof and by adding the following sentence after the first sentence of subparagraph (A) and at the end of sub-paragraph (B):	
 	
 	 	In determining the present values of retirement benefits under the Plan for an employee as of the applicable determination date, the numerator and denominator shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the one-year period (five-year period in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability) ending on the applicable determination date and any distributions made with respect to the employee under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been in the required aggregation group;	
 	
4.          	Section 14.02(b)(i)(C) is amended, effective as of January 1, 2002, by revising clause (2) to read as follows:	
 	
  	(2)          	who has not performed services for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the one-year period ending on the applicable determination date will be disregarded.	
 	
5.	Section 14.02(b)(v) is amended, effective as of January 1, 2002, to read as follows:	
 	
 	Key Employee:	
 	
 	Any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the applicable determination date was an officer of an Employer or an Affiliated Employer having compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner (as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code) of an Employer or an Affiliated Employer, or a 1-percent owner (as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code) of an Employer or an Affiliated Employer) having compensation greater than $150,000 (the determination of who is a key employee shall be made in accordance with Section 416(i) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder) where applicable on the basis of the Employee’s remuneration which, with respect to any Employee, shall mean the wages salaries, and other amounts paid in respect of such Employee by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer for personal services actually rendered, determined before any pre-tax contributions under “qualified cash or deferred arrangement,” as defined under Section 401(k) of the Code and its applicable regulations, or under a “cafeteria plan” as defined under Section 125 of the Code and its applicable regulations, or under a “qualified transportation fringe,” as defined in Section 132(f) of the Code and its applicable regulations, and shall include, but not by way of limitation, bonuses, overtime payments, and	

 	commissions; and shall exclude deferred compensation, stock options, and other distributions which receive special tax benefits under the Code.	
 	
6.          	Section 14.03(a) is amended, effective as of January 1, 2002, by deleting paragraph (c), by renumbering paragraphs (d) and (e) as paragraphs (c) and (d), respectively, by deleting the first sentence of paragraph (a) and by adding the following sentences in its place:	
 	
 	Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in Subsections (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 14.03, a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee and has completed one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service will accrue a benefit (to be provided solely by the Company contributions and expressed as a Life Annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Age) of not less than two (2%) percent of his or her highest average Compensation for the five (5) consecutive years for which the Participant had the highest Compensation multiplied by the number of Years of Vesting Service, not in excess of ten (10), during the Plan Years for which the Plan is top-heavy. For purposes of the preceding sentence, Years of Vesting Service shall be disregarded to the extent that such Years of Vesting Service occur during a Plan Year when the Plan benefits (within the meaning of section 410(b) of the Code) no Key Employee or former Key Employee.	
 	
 	Except to the extent amended by this Instrument of Amendment, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.	

 
EX-10.36
 
CURTISS-WRIGHT CORPORATION
RETIREMENT PLAN
As Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2001
 
ELEVENTH INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT
 
Recitals:
 
1.	Curtiss-Wright Corporation ("the Company") has heretofore adopted the Curtiss-Wright Corporation Retirement Plan (“the Plan").	
 
2.	The Company caused the Plan to be amended and restated in its entirety, effective as of January 1, 2001, and has since caused the Plan to be further amended.	
 
3.	Subsequent to the most recent amendment of the Plan, it has become necessary to further amend the Plan for the merger of the Curtiss Wright Electro-Mechanical Division Pension Plan (the “EMD Plan”) into this Plan (the “Plan”).	
 
4.	Sections 12.01 and 12.02 of the Plan permit the Company to amend the Plan, by written instrument, at any time and from time to time.	
 
Amendment to the Plan:
 
For the reason set forth in the Recitals to this Instrument of Amendment, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respects:
 
1.	The EMD Plan shall be, and hereby is, merged into the Plan, effective January 1, 2007, with the surviving plan being the Plan.	
 
2.	Effective January 1, 2007, the liability for benefits of as well as the assets of the EMD Plan shall become the obligation and assets of the Plan and the participants (and beneficiaries thereof) of the EMD Plan shall look to the assets of the Plan for payment of their benefits and as of that date the liability of the EMD Plan for such benefits shall cease.	
 
1

3.	The trustee of the master trust of the Plan shall be, and hereby is, authorized to accept a transfer of the assets of the EMD Plan from the trustee of the said Plan, such transfer to occur as soon as practicable on or after January 1, 2007.	
 
4.	As of January 1, 2007, the trustee of the master trust of the Plan shall hold the commingled assets of the EMD Plan as part of the trust of the Plan for the exclusive benefit of all participants and beneficiaries of the Plan.	
 
5.	The Plan shall be amended in principle effective January 1, 2007 as follows, except as provided in paragraphs 2 and 3 below:	
 	(a)	Benefit formulas will be preserved, based upon the provisions of the EMD Plan immediately prior to their merger into the Plan, with respect to those terminated members whose benefits must be preserved in accordance with applicable law.	
 
 	(b)	Benefit formulas will be preserved, based on the provisions of the EMD Plan immediately prior to the merger into the Plan, with respect to current participants, alternate payees, newly hired employees and employees hired through merger or acquisition.	
 
 	(c)	The rights and benefits of all members under the Plan shall be uniform to the extent reasonably practicable and not inconsistent with the requirements of Section 411(d)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).	
 
 	(d)	The Board of Directors shall have the sole authority to amend, merge or otherwise modify the Plan except to the extent the Board may expressly delegate such authority.	

6.	The foregoing resolutions are subject to and conditioned upon said resolutions not adversely affecting the continued qualified status of the Plan under Section 401 of the Code or the tax-exempt status of their related trust under Section 501 of the Code.	

2

7.	The Benefits Committee and any proper officer or officers of the Employer are hereby authorized and empowered to do or cause to be done all such further acts and things as shall be necessary and proper to implement the foregoing resolutions or to maintain the qualified status of the aforesaid Plan, including but not limited to preparation of an amendment to the Plan reflecting the preserved benefits described in these resolutions.	

Except to the extent amended by this Instrument of Amendment, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.
 
3

EX-10.37
SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO
CURTISS-WRIGHT ELECTRO-MECHANICAL DIVISION
PENSION PLAN
              WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 18 of the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Division Pension Plan (“the Plan”), the Administrative Committee (the “Committee”) may amend the Plan; and
              WHEREAS, the Committee desires to amend the Plan to reflect certain amendments requested by the Internal Revenue Service as a condition to its issuance of a favorable determination of the Plan’s qualified status under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;
              NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED that the Plan is amended in the following respects, effective as of October 29, 2002:

1.          	Subsection 1.12.C. is amended by adding a new category (4) to read as follows:	
 	
  	(4)          	In the event an Employee separates from service and is subsequently reemployed, the Employee’s periods of Eligibility Service accrued both before and after his severance from service shall be aggregated.	
 	
2.	Subsection 1.12. is amended by adding a new Subsectionl.12.l to read as follows:	
 	
 	I.	In computing an employee’s Eligibility Service, all periods of service as an employee rendered with an Affiliated Entity, an Excluded Unit or with the Employer in a classification ineligible to participate in the Plan shall be recognized as Eligibility Service to the same extent such service would be counted as Eligibility Service if such service had been rendered as an Employee in accordance with the provisions of section 411(a)(4) of the Code.	
 	
3.          	Subsection 3.A. is amended by adding the following sentences at the end thereof:	
 	
 	An Employee shall make such election within the 30-day period following the date he is notified of his eligibility to participate in the Plan. An Employee who elects to contribute within said 30-day period shall commence participating in the Plan on his date of employment as an Employee.	

4.          	Appendix A.3.B. is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:	
 	
 	An Employee who is a Non-Key Employee shall be entitled to accrue a minimum benefit under this paragraph 3.8. regardless of the Employee’s level of compensation and regardless of whether the Employee declined to make mandatory contributions; provided, however, that a part-time Employee or Casual Employee who is regularly scheduled to work less than 24 hours per week shall only accrue a benefit under this paragraph 3.B if he completes at least 1000 hours in the applicable accrual computation period.	
 	
 	          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment has been executed on this 11th day of July, 2006.	

 
EX-10.38
 
EIGTH AMENDMENT TO
CURTISS-WRIGHT ELECTRO-MECHANICAL DIVISION
PENSION PLAN
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 18 of the Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Division Pension Plan (the “Plan”), the Administrative Committee (the “Committee”) may amend the Plan; and
 
WHEREAS, the Committee desires to amend the Plan to merge it into the Curtiss Wright Corporation Retirement Plan (the “C-W Plan”).
 
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED, that the Plan is amended in the following respects, as of the dates set forth below”
 
1.	The Plan shall be, and hereby is, merged into the C-W Plan, effective January 1, 2007, with the surviving plan being the C-W Plan.	
 
2.	Effective January 1, 2007, the liability for benefits of the Plan shall become the obligation of the C-W Plan and the participants (and beneficiaries thereof) of the Plan shall look to the assets of the C-W Plan for payment of their benefits and as of that date the liability of the Plan for such benefits shall cease.	
 
3.	The trustee of the C-W Plan master trust is hereby authorized to accept the trust account funds attributable to the Plan and merge such funds with the trust account attributable to the C-W Plan as soon as practicable on or after January 1, 2007.	
 
4.	The foregoing resolutions are subject to and conditioned upon said resolutions not adversely affecting the continued qualified status of the C-W Plan under Section 401 of the Code or the tax-exempt status of their related trust under Section 501 of the Code.	

 
5.	Any proper officer or officers of the Employer are hereby authorized and empowered to do or cause to be done all such further acts and things as shall be necessary and proper to implement the foregoing resolutions.	
 
The foregoing amendment shall apply to any Employee, former Employee or beneficiary who is receiving benefits under the Plan or whose benefits have not commenced under the Plan as of the effective date of this amendment.
 
IN WITNESS THEREOF, this amendment has been executed on this 1st day of January, 2007.

 
Exhibit 18
February 26, 2007
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Curtiss-Wright Corporation
Roseland, New Jersey
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Curtiss-Wright Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, included in your Annual Report on Form 10-K to the Securities and Exchange Commission and have issued our report thereon dated February 26, 2007, which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 123(R) Share-Based Payment on January 1, 2006 and SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) as of December 31, 2006. Note 6 to such consolidated financial statements contains a description of your adoption during the year ended December 31, 2006 of a change in the date of the Company’s annual impairment test of goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. In our judgment, such change is to an alternative accounting principle that is preferable under the circumstances.
Yours truly,
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Exhibit 21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
The information below is provided, as of December 31, 2006 with respect to the subsidiaries of the Registrant, all of which are wholly owned by the Corporation, directly or indirectly. The names of certain inactive subsidiaries and other consolidated subsidiaries of the Registrant have been omitted because such subsidiaries would not constitute a significant subsidiary, individually or in the aggregate.

 	 	 	Organized Under	
     	Name	 	the Laws of	
 	Curtiss-Wright Flow Control Corporation	 	New York	
 	Curtiss-Wright Controls, Inc.	 	Delaware	
 	Metal Improvement Company, LLC	 	Delaware	
 	Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation	 	Delaware	
 	Penny & Giles Controls Limited	 	England	
 	Curtiss-Wright Antriebstechnik GmbH	 	Switzerland	
 	Vista Controls, Inc.	 	California	
 	Autronics Corporation	 	Delaware	
 	Curtiss-Wright Flow Control Company Canada	 	Nova Scotia	
 	Peerless Instrument Co., Inc.	 	New York	
 	Dy 4, Inc.	 	Delaware	
 	Synergy Microsystems, Inc.	 	California	
 	Primagraphics (Holdings) Limited	 	U.K.	
 	Novatronics, Inc.	 	Ontario	
 	Systran Corporation	 	Ohio	

 
Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-65073, 33-06329, 33-116195, 33-126541, and 33-126543 on Form S-8, Registration Statement No. 33-61785 on Form S-8 and S-3 and Registration Statement Nos. 33-113985 and 33-119589 on Form S-3 of our reports dated February 26, 2007, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Curtiss-Wright Corporation and subsidiaries (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 123(R) Share-Based Payment on January 1, 2006 and SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) as of December 31, 2006) and management’s report of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting appearing in and incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Curtiss-Wright Corporation and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2006.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey
February 26, 2007

Exhibit 31.1
Certifications
I, Martin R. Benante, certify that:

1.     	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Curtiss-Wright Corporation;	
 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 	
4.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	
 	     a)     	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 	
 	     b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	
 	     c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 	
 	     d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	
5.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	
 	     a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	
 	     b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.	
February 23, 2007
/s/ Martin R. Benante
Martin R. Benante
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2
Certifications
I, Glenn E. Tynan, certify that:

1.     	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Curtiss-Wright Corporation;	
 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 	
4.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	
 	     a)     	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 	
 	     b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	
 	     c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 	
 	     d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	
5.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	
 	     a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	
 	     b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.	
February 23, 2007

/s/ Glenn E. Tynan
Glenn E. Tynan
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
In connection with the Annual Report of Curtiss-Wright Corporation (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Martin R. Benante, as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Glenn E. Tynan, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, that to the best of his knowledge:

          	(1)     	The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 	
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
/s/ Martin R. Benante
Martin R. Benante
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
February 23, 2007

/s/ Glenn E. Tynan
Glenn E. Tynan
Chief Financial Officer
February 23, 2007